Author: davenkross2026

  • 09/29/2026 – The LAZIEST Way to Make Money with AI in 2026

    The laziest way to make money with AI right now only takes me about two to three hours a week to make five figures every single month. If you’re new to the channel, my name is Sean and I’ve tried a bunch of different businesses over the years and I made millions of dollars doing so. And after 10 years of doing this, I’ve realized there are basically two types of businesses out there. The first type can make you a lot of money, but you have to work non-stop. You’re always active, always working, always putting out fires. Then there’s the semi-passive one. Once you build it up, it runs pretty much on its own and takes only a few hours a week to maintain. And even with that semi-passive model, you can still make a lot of money. Like I’m making five figures a month. I got students in my private community making four, five, even six figures in a month. So if you love to work non-stop, if that’s your thing, then you can definitely build the first type of business. But if you’d rather enjoy life while making money, the second one is what you want. And AI just made it 10 times easier than it used to be. Before we move forward though, quick heads up that obviously this is not financial advice and results aren’t guaranteed. In this video, I may talk about my own results as well as my students results, but that is definitely not me guaranteeing that you’ll achieve the same results because this is a real business, not a get-rich quick scheme. So, it takes work, effort, you have to invest into this. But if you’re willing to actually do the work, this is in my opinion the easiest way to make money online that I’ve found so far. So, let me first explain the reason why this is the laziest way to make money and everything else is not. So there are many different business models out there. If you would categorize these businesses into how it works, you come down to four different options. Option number one is selling services. So these are freelancing, coaching, consulting. Yes, you can make money without a lot of upfront capital, but the second you stop working, you stop getting paid. So the way I look at service-based business is that it’s great. I’m not denying that, but it’s kind of like just working a job that you do online. And because you have to constantly show up and constantly provide the service, it’s the opposite of the lazy way of making money. Option number two is selling physical products, things like drop shipping and e-commerce. This also works well. A lot of people are successful in it. But I don’t think this is the most beginner friendly. I don’t think this is the laziest way because now you got inventory or suppliers to deal with. Plus, you got a lot of ads that you have to run. You got customer service every time something goes wrong. And that is a lot to manage. Option number three is selling digital products on your own platform like Gumroad, Etsy, or your own Shopify store. This is way better than the first two options because there’s no inventory, no shipping because you’re dealing with digital products. So, I like this a lot better, but there are still some downsides to it. You’re still responsible for driving the traffic because you’re trying to sell on your own website that has no existing traffic. You also have to build the audience yourself and if something breaks, you’re the one to handle customer service and other logistical issues. So, you’re still doing a lot of the work yourself. So even though it’s less work because you’re selling digital products than other businesses, you’re still doing a good amount of work yourself. Then there’s option four, selling digital products on Amazon. And more specifically, I’m talking about selling digital books on Amazon’s self-publishing platform called KDP. KDP stands for Kindle Direct Publishing. And once again, this is Amazon’s self-publishing platform where anyone can upload a book file and Amazon will print it into an actual physical book or sell it as a digital copy and they pay you for it. You just upload a PDF copy to Amazon. Amazon puts it on their store. And when someone buys, Amazon takes care of everything. They handle the printing, the shipping, even the refunds and customer support. They do all of that for you. And your only job is to make the book and hit upload. That’s why, in my opinion, if we’re talking about the most passive way to make money online, I think this model wins because Amazon already has millions of customers ready to buy. They are the biggest online retail store in the whole world. So, if you’re going to sell your product, if you’re going to piggy back off of existing traffic, Amazon is by far the biggest and you want to be on Amazon. You don’t have to build a huge social following to start because Amazon brings all the traffic to you. And on top of that, AI just made the entire book creation process way faster, way cheaper than it’s ever been. So, here’s the four-step process that I use. Step number one is picking your niche. A niche just means a topic of your book. And when it comes to KDP, there are honestly a ton of options. There are so many different genres that you can publish in like kids story books, coloring books, activity books, journals, trivia books, puzzle books, lowc content books, even non-fiction books, or fiction books. Every one of these is selling on Amazon right now. The big mistake I see beginners make is spending weeks trying to figure out the perfect niche. That’s not really risk management. It’s not really trying to be perfect. It’s literally just procrastination. You know, getting ideas of what books you’re about to publish is easy. It’s fun. Like the learning phase, the research phase, that’s always fun. But you don’t make money in the learning and research phase. You make money by actually publishing the book, getting it out there, right? Selling your products. But since people are scared of actually taking action, they mask that by staying in the research phase permanently. So the big thing to understand here is that there is no perfect niche. There are a lot of great niches out there, but nothing is perfect. Okay? So just pick one that looks good and you want to move forward. So what I personally do here is I open up Claude or Chachidi and I ask it to give me 30 ebook niches with high demand and low competition. Then I actually take those topics onto Amazon and check if there are other books selling on the topic. I run them through co-author.ai’s free Chrome extension to check the real numbers like how much it’s making per day in royalties, how many copies it’s selling per day. Once again, this is using co-author’s free Chrome extension. It’s 100% free. I’ll leave a link in the description. You just want to install that onto your Chrome and whenever you browse on Amazon, it shows you the best sellers rank, which is Amazon’s data of how well the book is selling and the rough monthly earnings and daily sales on any book that you’re looking at. So when it comes to the best sellers rank, the lower the number, the more copies the book is selling. So this way instead of guessing whether a niche is profitable or not, you’re looking at what similar books are actually earning right now. Again, if you find a lot of books that are doing well using co-authors, you know, extension, you literally see how much money it’s making. If it’s making $500 plus per month, that is enough proof that if you create a similar book like that, there is potential for you to make a similar amount. So this whole process should take a couple hours to max maybe couple days if you really want to go deep in the research process. But the issue once again as I said earlier people spend weeks if not months just stuck in this process. Just don’t make that mistake. Step number two is writing the actual book. This used to be the hardest part even just a couple years ago. If you wanted to publish a book, you either had to write it yourself, which takes months, or hire a ghostriter, which costs anywhere from $1,000 to $2,500 or more. That’s why most people never actually got started because I completely understand risking that much money without knowing if the book is going to sell or not is scary. But the good news is AI changed all of that. So you basically have two options right now. Option one is using generic AI tools like Claude or Chadipidi. These tools are pretty good at writing, but there is a catch. You do have to know how a book is actually put together and you have to prompt it correctly section by section to get the output that you can actually sell. This whole prompting process, this whole learning how AI communicates, learning how AI thinks is a little bit of learning curve, but if you have a good understanding of that, you can definitely go with that option. Option number two is using a specialized book creation tool like co-author. This is what I personally use and co-author is built specifically for the Amazon KDP business. So, the exact book structure to make it sell is already baked in. and it’s already prompted in the back end and it walks you through the research, the outline, the chapters, the book cover, the formatting, the entire process step by step. So, you basically have to follow those steps, fill out a few fields and it handles the rest. So, since this video is talking about the laziest way to do things, if you truly want the laziest way, then co-author is the way to go because it does most of the hard work for you. I do want to clarify that co-author Chrome extension, the research features is free. But if you want the step-by-step bookw writing process, then that comes with the paid subscription. Just wanted to be upfront there. So, both options work. If you like learning the process and you have time to figure out the prompting, generic AI is fine. But if you just want the book done fast, that’s when co-author makes sense to use. All right, step number three is uploading your book on Amazon. This is a pretty easy step. You just go to kdp.amazon.com. You sign up for a free account. Just fill in your basic information. It’s the same process as signing up for any other website. You want to link your bank account so you can get paid. You want to fill out the tax form and you’re all good to go. So from here, you want to upload the book, right? Fill in the title, the description, the keywords, and you upload the manuscript that you wrote, the cover file that you created, and that is it. The whole thing takes maybe 10 to 30 minutes per book. Then Amazon takes 72 hours or so to review it and put it live on the store. Once it’s live, you’re officially a published author. You can start bragging in family dinners and whatnot, but besides that, Amazon will start showing your book in search results so people can actually look it up and buy it. If someone buys it, then Amazon will pay you for it. And all you did here was upload a file. So that is how simple this is. But there’s one more thing that you have to do if you wanted to actually sell. And that is step number four. Getting reviews. Now getting reviews is the hardest part of self-publishing. Everyone knows that if you have three reviews and the book next to yours has 50 reviews, if you got the same product, if you got similar books that are offering the same thing, most likely the buyer would choose the one with more reviews. Now, there are many ways to stand out and sell your books, even if you have way less reviews. And I talk about that often in my channel or in my community, but getting reviews is still very important. So, there are a few ways to get reviews. You can build up your own audience on social media or email list and give out free copies in exchange for honest reviews. That is one way of doing so. is 100% allowed by Amazon. And this works, but it takes a long time. Building up your audience, it’s not easy, right? It can take months, sometimes years to build up an audience big enough to actually see real results. Another option is to post in Facebook groups and forums asking people to review your book. This also works. It’s 100% free, but it’s very slow and timeconuming. Or you can use option number three here, which is using a service called Book Reverb. So, Book Reverb is by far the fastest way and the laziest way that I found to get consistent reviews on Amazon. The way it works is super simple. Book Reverb has an email list with tens of thousands, probably hundreds of thousands of real readers at this point, all from different demographics, all interested in different book topics, and you upload your book onto Book Reverb. You set a bid for how much you’re willing to pay per review. And Book Reverb will take that and start showing your book to their audience. very quickly you will have readers start reading your book and leaving reviews on Amazon. So there are two things worth knowing about Book Reverb before you use it. And the first one is on compliance. It’s important to know that readers are paid to read the book, not to leave a review. They get paid the same amount whether they review or not. And they’re never required to leave a positive review. So that’s what keeps it inside Amazon’s guidelines. I’ve been using this personally for a very long time and a lot of my students use it too with no issues. The second thing to know is on pacing. So, you don’t want to try to get a 100 reviews in 3 days. Amazon’s algorithm doesn’t like that pattern. It’s way too quick. So, you want to aim for something like 10 to 15 reviews a week. That is a natural steady pace that Amazon has no problem with. So, I’ll leave a link to Book Reverb in the description below. Full transparency, that is my affiliate link, so I do get a small commission if you sign up through it. You can use it or not use it. Totally up to you. So, that is how you get reviews. is truly the laziest way to get reviews because you literally turn on the campaign on Book Reverb and you just sit back and review starts coming in. Now, let’s talk about what to actually expect from all this. So, after you get the book up on Amazon and you get some reviews, there’s a good chance that the book will sell some copies here and there. As long as you’ve done a good job picking a profitable topic based on other books already selling on it and creating a great book with an attractive title and cover. Of course, I cannot guarantee anything. I hope everyone has the common sense to know that this is a real business. Nothing is guaranteed, right? I’ve been doing this for 10 years now and I’ve coached literal thousands of students in my community. I published a lot of books myself and this is typically what we see because Amazon is so big, right? Amazon again is by far the biggest online retail store in the whole world. We got millions of people searching for books to buy on Amazon every single day. So just by being on Amazon and just uploading and waiting, there’s a good chance that you’re going to sell some copies here and there. However, very important to understand that selling some copies here and there organically, which each sale is going to be a couple bucks. So it’s about like two to four bucks each sale. So that’s great making that once in a while here and there, but we all know that’s not going to make you 5K a month, 10K a month or more, which making that amount is possible. We got a lot of students making that amount. Some even made over $100,000 in a single month. But you don’t get there just by stacking this couple sales here and there by uploading and forgetting. You should supplement with your own marketing if you want to scale further. It’s very similar to the concept of exercising or trying to get fit, right? If you go from like never exercising to just doing whatever, like even jogging or basic push-ups, even if the exercise is not effective, going from zero to something will get you some results. But if you want to go from like kind of ripped to like jacked, then obviously you have to improve your process. You have to learn the actual science of building muscle. You have to do more like optimize your dieting. So it’s one of those things where what takes you from here to here is not the same as what takes you from here to here. So it just depends on what you want. Anyways, many ways to scale, many ways to market your book. The two best way is running Amazon ads and doing social media marketing. I have tutorials on how to do both on my channel. If you do all the steps required, if you optimize the process and scale this business, I want to show you what’s possible by sharing some of our student results. So, we have one of our students, Toby. He has a health problem and he can only work a couple hours a day. In one of the summer, he put in only 13 hours total because he just couldn’t work because of medical issues, right? And he still made over $5,000 in profit. So, that shows how passive this can get. And that is because Toby built it up to that point, right? So even if he worked less, the income maintained because he already did all the work up front. So that shows how passive this business is. But on a separate occasion, Toby made over $100,000 in a single month, he did it twice, actually. Absolute beast. And I actually have an interview with Toby on my channel. So if you want to check it out, I’ll leave a link to this video. So something I really want to talk about here is that I know that the title of the video is the laziest way to make money with AI. And you know, because it’s titled the laziest way, it’s probably going to attract a lot of people who wants to make a ton of money without doing any work, right? Like truly lazy people. And although Amazon KDP, in my opinion, is the most semi-passive business that I know of, right? So, it kind of caters to that lazy, you know, seeking crowd, it still is a real business. It still requires work that you have to build up to that, right? Nobody uploads one book and just wakes up rich. That’s not how KDP works. And honestly, it’s not how any real business works. So, in terms of what is realistic, a solid book might make you somewhere around 500 bucks a month on its own. That is nice, but it’s not life-changing, right? But then you publish a second one. Then you publish a third book. Then the books you already have keep selling while the new ones ranks and it’s going to stack up to the income and over time your income just grows. So that’s the compounding part. That’s cool and it’s really the whole game when it comes to this. aim to publish around 10 high quality books and you can potentially be in the range where this turns into four even five figures a month. One of our students, Lan, started this completely from scratch. Never had any prior experience in the KDP space. She launched a few books. It took a while for it to rank, but over time it turned around. Eventually, it got to $10,000 a month ever since. So, in her words, she says KDP compounds like investing. So, the publishers who went at this long term aren’t chasing this one magic book or one magic niche, right? They’re the ones who keep publishing and let the catalog stack up over time. So, if you’re a long-term investor, if you do investing, you understand that if you put money into index funds and if you just wait for a long time, there’s a very low chance of you actually losing money. I kind of see publishing very similarly because if you rank the book on Amazon, right, you now have digital real estate, that specific real estate on Amazon for life until Amazon shuts down, which honestly if Amazon shuts down, the world’s probably ending, you know, so it’s probably not going to happen for a very long time. So yeah, it’s a very long-term business. It’s a very lazy business over the long term because again, there are so many books that I published and I’ve never touched it in years. Never thought about it. Not even a second have I thought about that book in years. and every single month I still get paid from those books. So that is in my opinion the laziest way I found to make real money with AI right now. But watching a video and actually doing it are two very different things. So if you want to skip the trial and error and have someone who’ve actually done this and is making a lot of money doing it themselves to look at your niche, your book, and your cover and tell you exactly what to fix. That’s what my team does inside Road to Hero. Road to Hero is my mentorship program for Amazon KDP. You get a ton of one-on-one coaching from coaches who are verified to have earned over $10,000 in a single month doing this themselves. Over 2,300 publishers have gone through it with a 4.8 average rating on Trustpilot. So, if you’re interested, book a free discovery call with the team. It’s 30 minutes. You walk away with a personal plan for your KDP business whether you join or not. And there is a bonus just for showing up. So, the people who make this actually work, the one who is succeeding in this right now, they aren’t smarter than you. They just stopped guessing and they got a real plan that they can follow. So, if you’re interested, the links in the description and the pin comment. If you enjoyed this video, if you learned something, let me know by leaving a like, subscribing. I appreciate every single one. If you have any questions, let me know in the comments. I try to answer as much as possible. With that being said, thank you so much for watching and I’ll see you in the next

  • 09/29/2026 – Robinhood Presents – Engines of Creation

    Captain’s log, stardate 09292026. We are responding to a distress call from the Zeta Reticuli system where local denizens have reported anomalous phenomena, disturbances to their communication lines and core trading infrastructure, which have made it exceedingly difficult to speculate on price movements and hedge their idiosyncratic risks. As part of our ongoing mission to promote free and fair access to capital markets throughout the observable universe, I have rerouted the starship Robinhood from an exploration of the nearby DeFi sector to investigate and, if necessary, intervene to shore up Zeta Reticuli’s legacy infrastructure and ensure unfettered access to the engines of wealth creation, in the name of a free, stable, and prosperous galaxy.

    Gina? Eleanor? Anson? Status report number one. Order routing is operational, Captain. The trade routes are clear. That’s good to hear. Gina, set course for Zeta Reticuli, warp five. Course set for Zeta Reticuli, Captain. Engage.

    Splendid. Let’s greet our passengers. Welcome aboard the Starship Robinhood. For many of you, this is not your first voyage with us, is it? We began our mission over 13 years ago. Who’s been traveling with us for more than five of those years?

    Okay. And who here is at their first Hood Summit? Okay. A lot of trainees. Well, this is going to be a very exciting one. First things first, let me tell you a little bit about the ship. Our engineers have been busy making a lot of improvements. So, I’m going to start by reviewing those before we get to tonight’s big announcements. And they are big. So, why don’t we begin with our 24-hour market, which of course we’re very proud of. We built it to be the best in the galaxy, as well as one of the first with 24/5 operations, from 8:00 p.m. Sunday to 8:00 p.m. Friday Eastern time. But we asked ourselves, can we do even better than 24/5? Eleanor, what do you think? I think we can, Captain. All right. Let’s see. a look at the screen. What do all these headlines have in common? For one thing, they all moved the market. But more importantly, every one of these stories broke on the weekend, when the market was closed and no one could trade. By the time Monday’s open came around, it was already too late, and the move already had happened. Whatever edge existed, reacting first, was gone and no one could place an order. So, we’ve been working for several years fighting the fight. We’re working with exchanges and commissions to fix this. And I’m excited to announce that the battle is over. The rails are laid, and something never before available in the US is on its way. Coming soon, our 24/5 stock market will be upgraded to a 24/7 groundbreaking market.

    Pretty good. Pretty big. Pretty good, right? Yes, weekend trading for native equities is here. This is a historical shift from working hours to living hours. So, how many of you have wanted to trade on a Saturday or a Sunday? I have. A lot of people. Saturday especially. Saturday, right? Because we want to give you access first. You should be able to trade the stocks you want when you want. You know, ever since my younger days as a cadet at the academy, I’ve dreamed of equity markets going truly 24/7. And I’m proud that the starship Robinhood is the first one to make this dream a reality. Well done, Eleanor.

    Thank you, Captain. But, you know, we didn’t stop there. We know some of our passengers are early risers and would like to have more breakfast options. So, for the morning people out there who like to read the news and look for the market signals before the bell, we’ve also been working hard to get you to the table before everyone else. So, we’re also announcing extended options trading for our most traded symbols, including Nvidia, Tesla, SPY, QQQ. Good one.

    Starting next month, trading will start at 7:30 a.m. and end at 4:15 p.m. That’s a 35%increase in our options hours previously available. Captain, what do you think about that? More than a third increase in your options trading hours. Just one more reason why you’d be at a disadvantage trading anywhere other than Robinhood? I wouldn’t want to trade anywhere else. And

    that’s our goal. All right, let’s move on to operations. Daniella, what’s your update? Well, Captain, take a look at the view screen. You’ll see that while our passengers love the trade controls that we offer, they feel one order type is still missing. So, I’d like to announce, well, you can probably guess, we are finally launching OCOs.

    Strong order type. And that’s that’s not the best part. We want to make up for lost time, so we designed what we believe is the best OCO experience available. So, let’s make this real for the day traders out there. Here’s my position. I bought Tesla earlier off of a breakout, and it’s up about 2%. If it stalls here, I don’t want to hold it through a pullback, but I also don’t want to baby sit the position all day. Instead, I can set my exit plan and get on with my day. I tap set TP sell, and on the editor, I can drag up the profit bar to my target, and on the other side, I’ll set this a bit more precisely to 5% to set my stop loss. So, I’m protected even if I’m not looking. Then, tap continue to see one review screen with both orders in one swipe. My OCO is live, and I can let the trade play out with my rules in place. If it pops, I take profit. If it drops, I’m covered. Either way, I’m not glued to the screen. Very clean. OCOs will be rolling out to equities across mobile and legend, including the ladder and our mobile advanced charts, with options OCOs coming early next year. Thank you, Daniella. Your diligence and hard work on this mission is noticed and appreciated. Actually, that’s not all I have for you, Captain. Currently, we offer up to two times buying power with margin, but what’s been missing until now is intraday margin. During market hours, you’ll get up to four times your buying power. We built intraday margin Good one.

    Capital efficiency. We built intraday margin with risk safeguards at its core. To help you manage your leverage, you’ll get a dedicated risk management experience including proactive reminders leading up to market close and clear in-app controls the moment you tap into intraday margin. We’ll be rolling this out next month. You know, more buying power means more responsibility to help customers manage their risk. So, I like that you built in the safeguards right into the product. Love it. Okay, who hasn’t checked in yet? Gina, how are we doing on Legend? Well, Captain, we’ve been hard at work continuing to improve Legend, the experience for our most active traders, including an upcoming launch of P&L layouts, which will give users the ability to evaluate their past trading strategies in much greater detail. But, most excitingly, agentic trading is coming to Legend. So, So, it’s the strong navigator. With agentic accounts on Legend, you’ll get access to all the same data sets and features as our trading MCP that’s available for mobile, plus there will be a few more options specifically for our Legend users that will be rolling out in the coming weeks. So, starting with customizing your Legend workspace by chatting directly with your agent, creating the layout that works best to manage your specific strategies all within seconds. From there, you can move on to the next step of your workflow like leveraging your agent to do in-depth technical analysis on your chart. Ask your agent to help uncover patterns with custom drawings, and then you’ll be able to see that update in your chart in real time. And finally, you can leverage your agent to create scans for stocks that meet your specific criteria, as well as custom scripts indicators, all that you can view directly on your chart. So, starting today, all users will have access to their agent accounts on Legend. What that means, with 24/7 coming, soon you will have markets that don’t sleep alongside agents also working around the clock for you.

    To get started, all you have to do is connect your favorite model to our trading MCP. But, in the vast reaches of space and time, we know there are an infinite number of devices used for trading. So, let’s move on from the MCP to Abhishek to share a very exciting update coming to the core Robinhood app. Tough act to follow. Tough one. Thanks, Gina. I’m looking forward to using this for my Legend setup. One other thing I’m looking forward to is the iPhone duo. I think pre-orders start in a few weeks. For those of you in the audience, how many of you are planning to buy one? That’s actually a surprising amount of you. I thought a much fewer hands were going to be raised. So, some people might have thought Apple made these phones for watching movies, games, or email. But, when I saw the phone for the first time, I only thought of one thing. Can you guess what that was? Trading. More screen space means more windows, better analysis, and faster execution. So, we redesigned and re-engineered Robinhood’s mobile interface with dual display built for the foldable phone. Let’s take a look. Here, you’ll see a Robinhood on the phone as you normally would. Not that many surprises. But, unfold your phone and you’ll have access to a whole new Robinhood experience, custom-designed for the iPhone Duo. With dual display, you can do four things. On the left side, you can navigate the app as you know and love, your accounts, your watch list, search, and more. You can view assets on the right display by tapping any asset, so you can easily switch between them without ever having to leave where you are in the app. Third, you can switch modes on any assets between the details, the ladder, the options chain, and advanced charts, and you can switch between the modes without having to switch assets. And my favorite part, you can use the whole screen. You can go full screen on specific modes like advanced charts, side-by-side options chain, and watch list. So, you might ask when this launches. Robinhood dual display launches for the iPhone Duo on October 23rd. That’s the same day the device ships from Apple. So now, how many of you are planning to get one?

    It looks really good. I think Apple’s going to thank us for that one. So, of course, we didn’t just stop at the iPhone Duo. With Robinhood dual display, we were able to do a few more things that were very overdue. On the same day, dual display will launch for Android foldables like the Galaxy Z, Pixel folds, and also, I think you guys will like this, Robinhood will be launching natively for Android tablets and the iPad.

    Love it. Love it. You’ve been using it on your iPad, right? It’s a great device when I’m relaxing in my captain’s quarters. So now, Robinhood is optimized for all screens. Well done.

    Okay. Who else is left? Tommy, I bet you have some good stuff for us, don’t you? Sorry, Captain. I I hate to interrupt. There seems to be a large object coming towards us. It’s continuing to approach us and it’s unlike anything I’ve seen before. On screen.

    Increase magnification factor 50. Ooh. Appears to be a ship of some sort. Number one, I haven’t come across anything quite like this in my 13 years in this industry. You don’t remember it from your days in the academy? Academy training hasn’t prepared me for anything like this. Gina, let’s hail them. No response, Captain. No response? The architecture of the ship is so interesting, too. Look at all that circuitry. Why don’t we have Cortex run a scan through the historical archives? See if we can identify the origins of this vessel. On it. It’s exceedingly bizarre. Captain, there’s something interfering with our communication lines. Our passengers are getting spammed with fake trades.

    Ah, it must be our new friends. Captain, it’s getting worse. They’re sending fake screenshots and trying to get our traders to join their VIP signal group. On Discord? No, sir. Telegram. Oh, no. Can we ensure only verified packets are getting through, Anna? I can do better than that, Captain. We’ve been testing a new simple that will get us only real trades through. Can we switch it on immediately? What are we waiting for? On it, Captain. We need to hurry before we have a copy trade situation on our hands. Agreed, number one. We have a copy trade situation on our hands. I need support in the engine room and can’t hold off these bots much longer. Right away, Burkes. Assistance is on the way. Abhishek, head over to the engine room. Yes, Captain. Abhishek, please hurry. Anna, how soon can you activate Robinhood Social? I’m activating it now. In moments, Robinhood Social will be available for everyone, our passengers and those across the galaxy. Perfect. Hopefully, this will block the unverified trains. How are the communication lines looking now? They’re recovering. Okay. Good. Proceed. So, now Robinhood Social is out of beta and officially launched. For most of you,

    some of you had early access, but for most of you, this is going to be new. Open up Robinhood, you’ll see new tab in the bottom corner of your screen. Just tap and sign up. You can post or not, but you’ll probably want to see the trade ideas out there. And I know that this is a ultimate platform cuz all the trades are real, and that’s been so helpful to our users that we’ve expanded that. That means anytime someone posts their P&L, those are real. Portfolio allocations will tell you what people are really investing in. And we’re adding position posts and long-form analysis. Imagine a Substack with verified components. But of course, the most important part of any platform is all of you, the traders like you who share their ideas and wins. And we’re adding market commentators with millions of followers elsewhere. They’re verified, of course, and we’re adding feeds from major companies, politicians, CEOs, and news. So, you can curate a timeline that is all signal. And now, the communication lines are safe. Well, not quite. What do you mean? We still have one more communication line we need to upgrade. Ah, the advanced one. I’ll switch that on from the comms bay. Well done, Anna. Go ahead. I’ll tell them how it works in the meantime. We’re bringing the same verified network Anna just showed you directly to Legend, making Legend the only pro trading platform with verified social signals built right into your workflow. Let me show you.

    I’ve got my Legend layout set up with all of the widgets I would normally use, my chart, my chain, and my snapshot widget, but before I take a trade, I want to add one more thing. I’ll grab the new social widget from the menu and drop it into my layout, where immediately it’s synced up with all the other widgets in my setup. If you’ve used social on mobile before, this will probably look pretty familiar to you. It’s got the same verified traders, charts, that I would see on mobile. But naturally, this is Legend, so we wanted to let you take it one step further. If I find a post with an idea I like, I can click actually click into it. Now, you’ll see a highlighted trade card on the post. If I click this, I can broadcast this into my chart with a single click. The green bars show me where they bought, the red bars show me where they sold, so I can tell if they’ve exited or are still bullish on the symbol. Now, if I drill in, I can see the individual entries that’ll show me exactly the quantity and the price they paid. Now, this is my favorite part, and I like this thesis, so just with a single trade, I can be in right alongside them.

    Now, that’s the power of bringing social to Legend. If I have an idea

    Well done. I love it. All right. Uh let’s reach out to Abhishek. Abhishek, the communication lines appear to have fully recovered. How are things looking in the engine room? I’m here with Barks in the engine room, but now we’re dealing with a bit of a situation here. They now appear to be wash trading millions of Mention Markets in an attempt to distract our equities traders. Now, perhaps there are enemies and they’re not our friends. Maybe they are our friends. I bet they love Bitcoin, Roth IRA, Robinhood chain, tokenization, GTA 6, Rizzler. What is happening? What is What is happening? Anson, secure the teleprompters. On it. They’ve been hacked. I’m so sorry, Captain. I should have realized sooner. I think they’re trying to manipulate their own mention markets. Can we block the mention markets? I’ll do my best.

    Captain, I’m calling the ship Oracle. He’s the only one with the predictive knowledge to really handle this situation. Good idea, Gina. I just hope he gets here soon enough. Me, too. Earning season is coming up and I bet they’ll likely be pitching mention markets as a proxy for trading company releases. We have to hurry. Greetings, fellow crew members. I see there’s some panic afoot. I’ve been studying the stars and I’ve come to share an important observation. Neptune is in retrograde. What that tells us is that sometimes the best way to solve a problem is indirectly rather than by brute force action. Interesting. More often times I prefer brute force action. I know that. Where are you going with this? We’re in the middle of an attack. Well, we need to give our passengers a better and compelling solution so they can resist the mention markets. So, I wanted to present something that I’ve been working on. As we all know, stock prices and earnings are not directly correlated. Earnings can go up while the stock still goes down and this can be very frustrating for all investors. The solution I want to show you will give our passengers the ability to invest in earnings directly.

    I’m sure you’ve got something good for us. Let me show you how it works. I’ll start with our home screen. I’m sure many of you have already used our prediction markets. There have been over 50 billion contracts actually traded already so we decided to make them easier to find directly from our home screen with a new predict tab. Once you tap on it, you’ll see our all new prediction up with a brand new category, something not previously available on any other major platform. And that’s the ability to trade earnings directly without another vehicle. So, here’s our earnings category. Let’s see what earnings calls are coming up. There’s Netflix, Alphabet, Tesla, and a lot of other familiar names. Let’s dive into one of these. Any favorites?

    Apple sounds good. So, let’s take a look at our Apple earnings contracts. We’ve got revenue in earnings per share, but since Abishek demoed the iPhone duo duo earlier, let’s take a look at the iPhone sales for this quarter. As I saw earlier, I’m sure some of you may have a strong opinion on how the new lineup will do. From here, you can make your decision, swipe up, and place your trade. It’s that easy. You can now trade a company’s earnings with binary KPI options. And of course, you’ll be able to trade these contracts for over 20 of our most popular symbols across over hundreds of different events. So, now when you have a strong opinion about earnings, but due to macro events, and stock price goes again against you, you can still trade your point of view directly with earnings predictions on Robinhood. We’re working to ship these in the next few weeks in time for Q3 earnings. In time for Q3 earnings. Love it. Just in time.

    Oracle, this is exactly the missing link that we’ve needed between our equities and prediction markets, but uh Let Let me guess. It’s not enough. We still need more? Correct. And fortunately, I’ve been working on something for the earnings experience our passengers are going to absolutely love. Earning season is undoubtedly the most exciting time of the year to be an investor. Well, you’ve probably experienced how frustrating it can be to try and listen and trade what is often market-moving news at the same time. Today, that means bouncing between a few different apps. One to listen, another to see how investors are reacting, and a third just to execute your trades. So, we started thinking, why can’t earnings feel like a more immersive, connected experience? What if you could do all three of those things? Listen, see how the markets are reacting, and trade that news all in one place. Well, luckily, that’s exactly what we’ve built with our brand new earnings call player. Let me show you.

    When a company has an earnings call, you’ll see it right at the top of the stock detail page. Just tap the card to open up the beautiful, full-screen player that has a nice full-screen transcript that follows along as you listen to the call. However, if reading’s more your style, we’ve got something for you. Just tap the read button to open up a more detailed version of the transcript, which includes speaker attribution. Now, I can tap anywhere on the transcript to be jumped to that point in the call exactly. But, we’ve made it really easy to move around the call as well. If what they’re talking about isn’t relevant to your strategy or your thesis, just use the scrubber to jump ahead to a different section. If you miss something super important, just double-tap the edges of the screen and jump back in smaller increments. Feeling impatient? Hold, swipe down to lock the player into 2x speed, so you can get all the information in half the time. But, we also wanted earnings to feel like an interactive experience. So, we built a few more features right into the player. First, we’ve implemented a live comment feed. Just tap the chat button, and you’ll be able to share your own opinions, as well as see how other listeners who are live on the call are reacting in real time. Nice. And second, because the player is built right into the Robinhood app, if I hear something on the call that changes my view of the company, I can simply tap the trade button where I can buy or sell shares without ever having to leave the player. Now, I know earning season can get quite busy. So, if you don’t want to sit on the call the entire time, you actually don’t have to. Just swipe down on the player to move it to picture-in-picture mode, which will allow you to continue moving throughout the app, researching, and trading just as you would normally. So, whether you want to watch, listen, trade the news, or just find the moments that matter the most to you, the best way to experience earnings calls is happening right here in the Robinhood app. This will start rolling out this upcoming earning season. And yeah, you can even watch our calls there. So, come say hi. Well done.

    Just these little quality of life improvements make earnings on Robinhood much more delightful. Welcome back, number one. Looks like a successful launch. The mention market attack seems to be slowing down. Our traders are holding out for the real thing. Earnings markets. I’m glad Tommy and I could help with that. Mentions are too easy to manipulate, and we like to keep our passengers safe, don’t we? Thank you for everything, Oracle. You’ve really helped us get out of this quagmire. You can now return to your work on the Alcubierre drive. My mistake.

    Hey, um Captain, do you think the attacks are really over? I don’t think they’re giving up that easily, Tommy. Captain, Yes, Gina. We have a report from Cortex. It’s on the enemy ship. It appears to be a Wrax mothership. A Wrax mothership? I remember reading about the Wrax in my course on ancient spacefaring civilizations back at the academy. A very greedy group. What else do we know about them? Well, you see, Captain, the Vrax weren’t always like that. In the beginning, they were just a small fringe movement preaching decentralization and sovereignty, but their message caught on. Eventually, they spread throughout all seven planets in the Trappist-1 star system, and they became very powerful. Ah, and we always know what happens to beings when they have too much power. Exactly, Captain. The same power soon corrupted them. They began looking for ways to close and control markets. So, during the great wealth transfer, they started restricting economic freedoms, attacking independent trading ships. They were seizing assets. They became the very evil that they once spoke against, and now they rule over a system where a small number of elites benefit, but the planets that are under their economic control, they don’t. So, our very presence and existence in their system is a threat. Their citizens would likely rebel if they knew open markets were available elsewhere. That is precisely correct, Captain. A civilization like this cannot be allowed to gain a foothold in Zeta Reticuli. We’re being hailed. We are being hailed. On screen.

    Uh you’re muted. It’s a good-looking guy, though. I think you’re still muted.

    The zoom never works on these things. Yeah. Hello there. Come on. I’m not muted. I was speaking at frequencies not audible to the human ear. I don’t think so. Your small brains cannot begin to comprehend the intellectual horsepower of the Vrax. We have let this democratization joke go on for far too long. Today, it ends. Surrender, or prepare for a hostile takeover. One thing I don’t understand is why are they always bald? And they’re always so violent. hear you, you know. You know, I pity you with your social networking and your OCOs. You know what we call OCOs on our planet? What do we call them again? Uh yes. Overly confused organisms. That’s what we call them. we only place one order and it is always the perfect order. While you’ve been busy fending off our market attacks, we have been preparing our photon missiles. Observe as they penetrate your meager defenses. I think he’s serious. Shields up. Red alert. Shields are up, Captain, but I am not sure how long we can withstand Gina, they’re hitting us hard. It may be time to fire up Helios and escape this sector. Bring up the engine room again, Tommy. Burkes. We might need Helios faster than we anticipated. Is it ready? It’s more than ready. Shall I switch it on, Captain? Daniella, set course for Sag A*Burkes, shall we try warp nine? Warp nine on your command. Make it so.

    Wow. Burkes. The performance of Helios is astounding. We’ve completely left the Wraiths behind. Tell us more about this new engine. With pleasure, Captain. As you know, our job in engineering is to get our passengers to their destination as fast as possible, safely. Seconds matter in the markets. That’s why we’ve spent this past year rebuilding the engine that powers the most time sensitive parts of your journey. We call this new engine Helios and it has several major upgrades. First, smart render on legend ensures widgets update only what changed and optimizes when data is refreshed, prioritizing what’s visible on screen. Instant recall means Legend automatically remembers the answers to complex calculations, so the app never has to do the same work twice. Here’s what it looks like in action. On the left is Legend before Helios. On the right is with Helios. Notice the smooth, fast interactions. These enhancements work together to lower lag on Legend by a staggering amount to match your pace. From there, we brought predictive navigation to the Robinhood mobile apps. We now predict the next screen you’re going to navigate to and get its data ahead of time. When you’re looking at your watch lists, we get all the details for your positions. Same for your search results. When you’re looking at the options chain, we get the data for nearby expirations. This means you’re waiting almost a third less time while using the app. But, we wanted to see if we could go even faster. Love it. Accelerated launch cuts the time for you to open the app or heavyweight features like mobile advanced charts in half. Then, we rewrote the back end in record time with AI agents to enable swarm processing, so actions across the app are significantly faster, including getting your positions and updating your account. Last, our services now leverage IO optimized storage for lightning-fast operations. Take a look at what this means for you. On the left of the screen, you have the app from January, before Helios. On the right, you have the latest version that includes Helios. Notice how you teleport across the app, so you can get the latest information and make decisions faster than ever before. Just look at it zooming around the galaxy, Captain. With Helios, there’s less waiting and more doing. We’ve been shipping these features to you throughout the year, and we’re just getting started. Expect even faster performance from us in the future. Does that cover it, Captain? I think it more than covers it. I love it. You know, even all these little improvements in performance very very much matter. How are our friends doing?

    Well, that was incredibly impressive, and we are now 42 parsecs away, Captain. 42 parsecs away. Let’s bring up the view screen again.

    41, Captain. 41? Well, that’s a little disconcerting.

    They’re getting closer.

    38 parsecs. You can’t keep running from the Vrax. They will always find you. Radio security, we have an intruder on board. Who are you? And why are you here? My name is Q. From the Q continuum? No. I’m an entity from a world beyond your comprehension. What brings you here? I’ve been following your progress for many years, and I want to join your crew. I can also help you defeat the Vrax. What do you know of the Vrax? The Vrax are relentless. I know a lot about them. They will never stop attacking your trading systems. If you don’t increase your product velocity, and I mean quickly, you’ll be liquidated permanently. That doesn’t sound good at all. I don’t even get it. We’re not even levered. Oh, I can fix that. I brought something otherworldly for your many customers. Captain, 24 parsecs. 24 parsecs. We have an intruder. Yes, I’m an entity from a world beyond our comprehension. I think we met before. A futures launch? Of course. Then you know my only interest is in joining your team and spreading the best trading products throughout the universe. Are you prepared to receive a transmission? I have a QR code. You’re still using that tech? Uh who do you think invented it? Used to be called a Q code. Right. Okay. It’s validated. We’re good to go. Great. So since Grace and I were here 2 years ago launching traditional futures, how many of you were in attendance 2 years ago when we did that? Thank you. All right. Um there’s in been an explosion of a new class of futures called perps. How many of you have heard of those or even traded those? Well, they’ve become really popular and I’ve worked very hard to get these to you traveling through several regulatory dimensions so that Robinhood could be the first US brokerage to offer true perps with the shortest settlement window in the industry. So if you’ve been wanting to trade this product but frustrated by the limitations elsewhere, now is your time. For those of you who haven’t heard of perps, let me give you a quick download on on how they work and why they’re so popular. First and most importantly, as is implied in the name, um they are perpetual. So they never expire. They’re much like a Twinkie. There is no more perfect instrument to have eternal exposure or a hedge to an asset. Secondly, in TradFi, um as many of you know who use futures, it can be costly to continue to roll and you have exposure to delivery risk, settlement risk. So you could end up with a thousand barrels of oil or or a a rail car full of live hogs. Has that ever happened to you? Uh no, but I I have had a soybean but I like mayonnaise, so it worked out. Um Third, and I think one of the things that’s really cool is they trade continuously on nights, weekends, holidays, long or short, and you always know the reference price, which is really important. And finally, as Grace and I will demonstrate, uh they not only provide leverage, but you can customize that leverage all the way up to 10 to 1. So, they’re extremely capital efficient, and they are sourced through a very deep liquidity pool. So, Grace, have you accessed that data I sent? I got it right here. Great. Let’s pull it up and show them how these work. Awesome. So, I’m really excited to go through this. This will actually make Robinhood the first major platform to offer six asset classes: stocks, options, crypto, futures, prediction markets, and now perpetuals. True perps. True perps. Now, let’s see how they work together. So, Q, you may already be aware, Bitcoin has been the number one recurring investment on Robinhood for many years now. I do know that, Grace. I have infinite wisdom, and I know exactly what price you all bought it at. And I know you have some capital to preserve. So, uh now you have sizable gains to protect. How do we do that? Well, since you have infinite wisdom, maybe can you tell me and the audience what you think the price of Bitcoin’s going to be at the end of the year? I can tell you. I know that, but my parameters don’t permit it. Okay. Neither does my legal team. That’s what he always says. So, I’ve been sitting here on some Bitcoin, and I’ve been very nervous about the market volatility recently, and I also want to avoid a taxable event. Well, now you can use perps to very efficiently hedge that. All right, let’s take that for a spin. So, I can go to Bitcoin perps, and I’m going to go ahead and hedge my risk. Let me put in $10 and I could adjust my leverage all the way up to 10x. And you can see that controls almost a $100 short position. Very capital efficient. So, these are the most capital efficient crypto perps you’re going to find here in the US. You’re absolutely right. And perps is actually built with risk management in mind. You’ll see I can see my liquidation price here front and center. And if I wanted to, I can very easily add a stop loss as well. Yeah, I think what makes these very unique is even when the trade’s already on, um you can configure it. So, if I want to add more collateral to add protection while the trade’s already on, I’m able to do that, which is very unique. So, Keir, can you tell us how many perps are going to be available? Well, we’re going to start with the lucky eight on the crypto space, but there’ll be more to come. And what about fees? How does one basis point per trade until the end of the year sound? That sounds very, very competitive. Captain, what do you think? Can we work with that? I think I think we like it. You know, we’ve had these in Europe and on chain for a while. It’s great to have them for our US customers in America. Well done. Thanks.

    Grace.

    When can we go live with these? That’s the big question. I think I can get them for the live audience ready right now. Right now?

    And for everyone else, perps will be coming out in the next few months. All right. Thanks, Grace. They may be trading them already. I love it. Excuse me, Captain. I just have to let you know, eight parsecs away. Eight parsecs? Now, what is your proposal for defeating the Wraiths? While you’ve been launching perps, which have been very cool, they’re closer. and they’re no doubt preparing another attack. I told you they’re relentless. I’m more afraid of seeing that pompous ogre of a man on my view screen again. But he was quite charming, actually. I don’t know about that. His physical appearance was not what was holding him back. You know what we need to do here, right? We have to beam onto that ship. Oh, I was afraid you’re going to say that. They’re hailing us again, Captain. On screen.

    Uh Don’t you dare attempt to board our ship. The conditions are much too inhospitable for life forms such as yourselves. Is it just me or does he seem a little nervous, Q? He’s very defensive. Vrax Commander, this is your last warning. Actually, it was his first warning. First and last. Leave the Zeta Reticuli system for good or prepare to feel the full fury of our product velocity. Oh. That spooked him, huh? We better beam over there and see what he’s hiding. All right, let’s head to the transporter room. Abhishek, the bridge is yours. Please be safe, Captain. It’s very scary out there. Stay safe. Thank you. So, hey Abhishek.

    Should we blast this ship? We can’t just blast the ship. Vlad’s on board. Abhishek, this could be our only chance to get promoted. I mean, that would have I heard that. Very funny, guys. Q and I have made it aboard the Vrax ship. There are no life forms here. It appears to be a remote-first ship with the Vrax all working from disparate home planets. Bizarre, isn’t it? That explains their slow reaction times. Do you think they’re crewing multiple ships at the same time? Yes, we believe so. And a large portion of their staff are serving in middle management and coordinator functions. That must be why their ship is so big. It’s all bloats. We developed a plan. Q is pulling the schematic for the Vrac ship. We believe we can sever the link with the remote workers. Meanwhile, can you come up with a way to neutralize the ship? And this time without me on it. Copy that. We’ll get to work. Captain, I was just testing Abhishek. Sure. Sure, you were. How about we deploy our upgraded AI agents onto the Vrac ship? They’re adept at operating in a sandbox environment. Yeah, that’d be that’d be a great test of the new system. Perfect. Let’s do it. So, in May of this year, we launched Agoric Trading to enable traders like you to connect your Robinhood accounts to your agents. And since then, over 150,000 of you have opened Agoric accounts, and now agents use Robinhood’s tools over 30 million times a day. How many of you here have used it?

    Okay. So, about a quarter of you. That sounds about right. It’s complicated. We don’t really like it, either. It’s complicated. It requires using multiple devices and apps. And often times, the connections between these different apps are slow and brittle. So, fortunately for you all, this was just phase one of our vision. The next step was making it possible for all of you to use it directly from your Robinhood account without any other devices, apps, or windows.

    We built a single product, a single interface that puts the power of a hedge fund inside the Robinhood app with frontier AI models, high-grade institutional data, and automated strategy execution 24/7. And it’s called Robinhood agents.

    How many of you are excited about this?

    So the team was very nervous about doing a live demo, but we’re going to do it live anyways and we’ll see if it works. So, instead of telling you about it, we’re going to show you the full power of what it can do. So, let’s say we wanted to build a trading strategy which did three things. First, it got technology stocks traded by congressmen and stocks trending on social media. And we used that as signal. Then, we wanted to filter those stocks for technical momentum like unusual bullish options volume or a golden crossover. And then, we wanted to buy one share of each of these stocks and then, we wanted to do it on repeat every single day. Let’s see how we would do this with Robinhood agents. So first, I need to create my agent. I can go to our new Robinhood agents page where I can create it in less than 60 seconds. I’ll go to add account, hit a Gentick, and here’s the onboarding flow. I’ll name my agent. Neptune is in retrograde, so we’ll go with Neptune. And then, it’ll ask me to sign a few agreements. I’ll sign my agreements. And then, it’s going to bring my agent online with its own dedicated account. And then, I’m going to set up a few settings. So, it asked me about trade approvals. Trade approvals are on by default, so my agent cannot trade without my explicit permission unless I turn it off. And second, we wanted to give you the ability to use the frontier AI models available. So, you can pick between GPT-6 Luna, GPT-6 Sol, or other models. And the team just upgraded the models last week. So, we’re living on the frontier here. Then, this part is absolutely gorgeous. Just watch.

    Our design team cooked. Tommy over there cooked.

    So, when Neptune is online, I can start using it. So, let’s switch over to an account that I’ve been using for a little while with some money in it. Like other accounts, it looks kind of familiar. I can see my performance, but a few things are different. I can see my agent’s activity log first and foremost. And then I can see my positions. And then I can ask my agent anything through the chat box. So, let’s have it do the strategy we were just talking about. So, the best part is that the agent will ask you questions when it’s not sure what to do. So, because this is a pretty complex strategy, while Neptune cooks, you might be wondering how it’s getting accurate access of congressional data, social media data, and unusual options data, cuz that’s data that brokerages usually don’t offer. So, one of the things we sweated over was making sure your agent has access to high-quality institutional-grade data to analyze and trade with. To tell you how we did this, I’ll hand it off to our ace pilot, Gina. Thank you, Abhishek. So, we study closely what hedge funds are doing, and one clear advantage they have is access to unique institutional-grade data. They also have teams of humans to understand that data and inform their trading strategy. Just to name a few examples, they acquire satellite data to understand weather patterns and to spy on data center build outs. They acquire company KPIs like mobile app downloads. They look at political data like government lobbying. And then they analyze all these data sets with their teams and that’s what they build the strategies around. This is data that no app offers in one place to everyday traders. Not to mention, it would take hours to analyze that. So, what did we do? We partnered exclusively with some of the top data providers in the world to bring these data sets directly into the Robinhood app for your agent to analyze and build trading strategies from. Let me introduce you to the world of agent apps. Woo!

    So, directly from your Agent account, you’ll be able to subscribe to any of these partners. Unusual Whales to help you find your next options trade with unusual activity spotting, Nasdaq to see how retail and how Wall Street are trading, Quiver Quant to track congressional trading and corporate lobbying, and Token Terminal to track and analyze blockchain and crypto companies. That’s just to name a few. We also have Visual Crossing for weather tracking and Narratives to track emerging narratives from social media trending chatter. The way you’ll get access to these is through our all new apps nexus and you can subscribe directly with one swipe in the Robinhood app. So, no separate subscriptions off platform, no API hookup needed. And at launch, all partners are offering the first month free. So, you’ll be able to actually test drive, make sure you’re getting the edge that you expect before your subscription starts. Bringing these data sources together directly for your agent, all inside Robinhood, that’s what unlocks new strategies and new insights in minutes, not in weeks. And we’re already lining up our next wave of partners with more apps coming soon. We welcome you to apply today. Abhishek, how is Neptune doing? I’m really excited about agent apps. Actually, a lot of our app partners are in the audience today and will be at the conference tomorrow. So, let’s give them a big round of applause for making all of this possible for us.

    And hopefully in a few years we have thousands of these. So, we’re very excited. So, let’s get back to the demo. So, now Neptune has finished finding our stocks. Let’s take a look at its response. As you can see here, it found five stocks and the most cool part is that I can actually see which of our agent apps it used. It used government tracking, viral stocks detector, and the options trader app. So, now let’s move on to the next part, which is just to buy these stocks. So, we’ll put in some orders and because it’s after market, we have to place 24-hour market orders. Actually, I forgot to turn off trade approvals. So, we’ll go ahead and turn off trade approvals. And then we’ll press trade. And then it’ll go through and place those trades. So, while Neptune is placing these trades, let’s take a look at what this looks like when I leave the agent interface. I can actually track the agent’s progress while the agent is running by being able to see the input field. Here I can see it’s thinking. You might be wondering also what are all the other things your agent can do. Oh, and And we go. We got some orders coming in. That’s pretty cool. You guys see that?

    But right now, Robinhood agent supports equities, options, and crypto, and many other tools that you can access around the Robinhood app with your fingertips. So, finally, I want to move on to automating this. So, let’s say we wanted to do this every single day.

    Let’s enter the prompt and then I’ll explain what’s happening. This was a prompt to run this trading strategy automatically at the same time every single day. So, now Neptune will create what we call an agent loop so that you can automate your strategy to run on any cadence you want. Loops enable you to run agents and your strategies autonomously. So, you can be at work, asleep, or living the rest of your life, whatever you want. It’s like having a team of hedge fund analysts working for you. And like I said before, because it wasn’t exactly sure what to do, it’s asking me some questions. So, let’s answer them. We’ll use uh the prior screen rules. And then it’s go through it’s going to go through and set up the loop. And the best part about agent loops is that it runs on our infrastructure. So, you don’t need to maintain anything. So, no more walking around with your laptop pried open. So, Gina, you’ve been using this for a while. I saw your agent’s name the buddy. What agent loop have you been making? Oh, buddy is so extremely powerful. So, I trade the wheel strategy personally, and loops allows me to actually set up my trading strategy, work without getting in trouble at work for trading all day long, and it will just run based on the criteria I’ve set up. It’s It’s been really great. Did you guys see the loop just got created? So, there I’ve got tech daily signal buys, and it’s asking me to launch it. So, check out this animation. And there we go. The loop is launched. So, now I can access my loop from my account page. I can inspect it. I can see what it’s going to do every single day. And I can edit it or delete it. And if you happen to be inside of your Robinhood app while your loop is actually running, you’ll be able to see it running actively next to your button next to your agent input. And it looks stunning. Yes, it absolutely does. But, there’s one more thing we want to talk about that’s extremely important to us and to you all as well. That’s AI privacy and safety. We’ve designed and architected Robinhood agents thoughtfully with safety in mind from day one. So, first, your funds and trades are safe. Agents can only place trades in your dedicated agentic account, and every account is defaulted to trade approvals on with only you able to turn that off. Second, your agent is operating in an isolated environment in our infrastructure. So, your financial data, it’s protected. It stays within Robinhood. And third, we have zero data retention agreements with the research labs. So, regardless of what models you’re using, your conversation with your agent stay private.

    This has all been designed to give you a high-level trust and peace of mind around what really matters when using Robinhood agents. So, who’s excited to start trying this?

    So, there’s one more thing I want to talk about. We’ve actually worked with OpenAI directly to make GPT-6 Luna free until the end of the year. So, you’ll be able to test it, test drive it, and play with it for free, and figure out what you like to do. For the remaining models that need a little bit more power, uh you’ll be charged directly per token based on the normal LAP token rate. So, that’s Robinhood agents putting the power of a hedge fund directly in the pocket of everyday traders like you. And hopefully, today gives you all a glimpse into the infinite possibilities of what you can create with it. So, let’s see how the Vrax handles that. The agentic systems are now completely upgraded, Captain. Are you ready for us to teleport you back? Affirmative, number one. Let’s get him over, Tommy.

    Welcome back. Did you catch any of that demo? Actually, no. Q and I were busy, successfully, I might add, severing the communications link between the ship and the remote teleoperators. Would you mind quickly recapping it? I think we have to deal with the Vrax. I can catch you up on it later. using my my agent. It’s like having a a nice hedge fund in your pocket. Very What’s your hedge What’s your agent called? Vladbot. That’s fun. Uh but the most important thing you all should know, and you’re probably already wondering, is when does this thing roll out? Robinhood agents and agent apps are beginning to roll out today to passengers here at Hood Summit.

    So, Today, did you say? So, I’m excited to see you all playing with it tomorrow. With loops coming very, very soon. Support for more asset classes, Robinhood legend, and more agent apps are also on the way. Impressive work, number one. But, we have an imminent threat still. What should we do about it? What do you guys think?

    You want you think we You want to blast it out of the sky? Yeah? All right, Gina. What do you think? Should we blast Ready for action, Captain. All right, we’ll have to do the photon torpedoes. Blast.

    Let’s not get complacent, team. We may have gotten the better of them this time, but they’ll no doubt be back. Because our mission to democratize finance is never complete. And that’s what makes it so fun. Captain. Yes? I have another coming incoming transmission. This time it appears to be from somebody’s cabin in Lake Tahoe. They don’t even have a ship. Lake Tahoe? Apparently. Nevada side or California? I’m not sure, Captain. Okay, bring it up.

    You You think you’ve stopped us? We are only halting our attack because we want to. Your good looks won’t save you this time. be stronger and better. You have increased your options trading hours by 35%? We will increase hours by 36%. You have 24-hour market? Our will be open 25 hours. You have perks? We have super perks. Super perks? What’s so funny? Stop it. I’m not a cat. Did you do that? I love cats.

    Well, Q, thank you for the help. I think you’ve really proven yourself. And uh I have something for you. This badge. This is the most prestigious and important badge in the galaxy. Very hard to get. How does Chief Brokerage Officer Starship Robinhood sound to you? Sounds pretty good. I will not let you down. So, let me uh let me get started right away and show you something that I’ve been cooking for, okay? For all of you. So, buckle up. I like to call this 1 2 3 of offers that we’re going to start with. First, for every Robinhood Gold member, every dollar deposited will get you an entry for a chance to win a gold bar.

    It’s a good one. Second, a 2%match on IRA transfers. We all need to save for retirement, right? Finally, a match of up to 3%on eligible brokerage accounts. All of these efforts, all these offers end in the next few weeks. So, now’s the time to move those accounts. Thank you all. Some pretty strong offers. I’ve got to go get to work and put my badge on. He’s already making himself useful. I love that. Strong offers. Yeah, quite strong. I like it. Captain, Uh yes, Daniella. Something on your mind? What keeps us from becoming like the Wraiths? At one time, you were offered your own star system. Why did you relinquish it? I’m glad you asked. Well, you see, Daniella, when I was younger, I was very competitive and entirely focused on my career progression. Being the number one cadet at the academy. Being the youngest midshipman in Starfleet. Commissioning and creating what became the starship Robinhood. This is important for you guys. Here comes the Kepler-16 story again. Of course, this culminated in the opportunity to take ownership of Kepler-16, which was extremely difficult to pass up, as you might imagine. We can imagine. But instead, we empowered the citizens of Kepler-16 to own equity in their local industries. And the system became one of the greatest engines of wealth creation in the entire galaxy. You know, when I saw that impact, I made it my life mission to replicate this throughout the observable universe because ownership works best when it’s broadly distributed and available 24/7 for the benefit of a free, stable, and prosperous society. Hey, Captain. Yes. I’m getting another distress call. This time it’s from the DeFi sector. Our old friends. All right, bring it up. Captain, we need reinforcement. There are a lot more new assets that are waiting to be tokenized. I don’t think I can hold them any longer. He seems quite desperate, quite hungry. Gina, set course for the DeFi sector. Warp 12. Warp 12. On your command, Captain. Thank you for joining us on this journey. We’ll see you in the DeFi sector. Engage.

  • 09/29/2026 – ProductsPilot Webinar

    All right, we are officially alive. Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. Settle in, the room is open. And if you’re here, you probably already have a fair idea of what we’re going to talk about. If not, let me spill the beans. If you ever wanted to make money selling digital products, it cannot get easier than this. It literally cannot get easier than this. It literally finds what to sell, who to sell it to, creates it, finds the person that wants to buy it. It is the whole nine yards, and it’s beautiful. I can’t wait to share it with you. The results of the people that have been using it are through the roof. So, once again, if you’re here and you ever wanted to make money selling digital products, today is the day. So, first, let me know if you can hear my voice. Let me know if you can see the screen so we can dive right in. I see Michael’s here, Christopher’s here, Jason is here, David, Michelle, Melissa, James, Angela, Brian, Stephanie. Good to have you, Matthew, Daniel, Kelly. Amazing. Good to see you, Scott, Julie, Sarah, Thomas. Lots of people flowing in. Amanda, good to have you. Laura, good to have you. Thomas, good to have you. Ben, perfect. I see lots of yeses flying in. And please, if you haven’t commented yet, make sure you do so we know we’re all good on the audio and tech side. Without further ado, let’s go ahead. You’re right on time. So, let’s get started. AI builds digital products for you that pays you again and again and again without designing, selling, or showing your face. And your first sales literally can happen within the next 24 hours. I’m going to show you exactly how that’s possible and how it has happened over and over again for the people that already started using it. Because most people are not even aware of what I’m about to show you. Right now, first of all, digital products are booming more than ever. And you can see the data right here. The global digital goods products market size is projected to reach 511 billion. The growing is compound right now at an annual growth rate. It is going through the roof. You can see this graph here. It is going absolutely bananas. It is right now one of the fastest ways to make money online and obviously everything we say we do we back it up. We’ve proven it. We’ve tested it. You can see right here noted digital product space is going insane. I’m going to explain also exactly why that is and how you can take advantages of it. The growth is phenomenal and therefore everyday people normal not celebrities or people with a huge audience or people that are known or famous regular everyday people are cashing in left, right, and center. Now, if you ever tried to sell a digital product however and just let me know in the chat box if you’ve ever tried it. If you’ve tried maybe any product whatsoever to sell it online, let me know if this sounds familiar because we know the regular trials and tribulations that come with this. First of all, you’re not even sure what to create. What should I sell? And then on top of that, not sure what people want to buy and that’s even more important. It’s not about what do you want to sell? What do people want to buy in relation to what you’re selling? And on top of that, even if you have that figured out, where do you get the people? Where do you find them? No idea how to get them. Let me know if these problems these pain points sound familiar whenever you want to you know start your journey on making money online. It’s these three things that you keep running into and worst of all, tons of time and money wasted on different tools all together. Now again, if that sounds like you I see lots of yeses already coming in. Laura, there you go. Timothy, Joshua, Ryan saying yes. Kelly saying yes. Robert saying yes. Marie saying yes. James saying yes. David saying yes. And I appreciate you for mentioning it and all the other people as well. We’re going to solve this for you right here right now because Abhi has created something and I had to see it to believe it that literally make sure you get sales no matter what. And now he’s making it available to the public and we’re going to demonstrate it here. We’re going to show you how it works, why it works. And if you’re smart enough to grab this live, you’ll have the biggest deal of a lifetime. I can’t wait to share that with you as well. So, let me know if you’re excited, because what if I told you that you can literally, starting from today, pick any niche you want to sell in whether it’s health, wealth, pets, relationships, local business and instantly have finished products, beautifully crafted, listed, promoted, and selling for you every single day. You can see Linda, “Our first sale was so amazing.” I’m not sure if Linda, if she was able to make it here as well. Linda, let me know if you’re here. She said, “I generally thought I would be sitting there for weeks refreshing.” Which, you know, usually is the case when you start and try to make money online. And she’s been through many things already. She came in, the listing went live, the pins went out, and somebody bought it that evening. And that’s why I’m telling you this is probably the fastest way you make money with digital products. And I can’t wait to share it with you. I have many case studies, Priya also crushing it, you know, already have 40 buyers. So, with that being said, this is going to be able to happen without having to go through the tedious work of designing the product, creating the product, or, you know, showing your face, posting on social media all the time. Literally all done for you by a specific set of agents that nobody else has access to other than the people we share this with. So, let me know if you have this, can you see yourself making sales as soon as today? Just give me a quick yes if you’re excited, if that’s what you want, because that’s exactly what we’re going to talk about. The people that grab this, you’re going to make your first sale starting today, and you will own a brand new AI. There’s literally nothing like this out there. You’ll see it once we run the demo. Obby’s going to come out and show it first hand that builds and sells products for you. Because let’s face it, there are tons of AI that, you know, you can maybe create something, build something, but this goes a step beyond that and not only builds it, it finds who wants it, creates it, sells it. And I’ll actually prove it to you with tons and tons of success stories. And the best part is, you don’t need a following to begin with. You don’t need design skills. You don’t need tech skills. And you don’t need to find the buyers yourself. And that’s usually the biggest problem, finding buyers. And that’s going to be solved for once and for all. When you take action today, you will have AI building and selling products for you in any niche. Literally having AI work for you. It finds the winning niche. It creates at least 15 products a month. And if you take action here today, you’ll be even able to create more than that. We’re going to show you the amazing deal. On top of that, makes the mock-ups and listings super clean, the ones that get a ton of clicks, sends buyers from seven channels. So, you sit back, watch the traffic come in and buy, and it gets you paid again and again and again. So, this is just a quick intro so you know what we’re going to talk about. I hope that excites you as well. And if it does, just let me know. Comment in the chat box, I’m in. And if anything so far is not what you’d like, then feel free to leave at this point because we’re going to talk about nothing else other than showing you exactly how you’ll be able to sell digital products within the next few hours starting today. So, if you want that, comment I’m in because this is not just information we’re going to share with you. It’s going to be transformation. We’re going to show you a brand new way of how to make money in the most automated way possible. We’re going to do that by the three secrets. Starting off explaining the entire digital product income model. All right? This is not just a show and tell, but we also want to educate you what works so you’re better entrepreneur than before you came on this webinar here today. We’re going to show you how anyone can get real sales within 24 hours without design or traffic worries. Furthermore, we’re going to show you how to get buyers on autopilot. The one thing that usually holds people back will be the easiest part of everything. How your product reaches 93.5 million buyers every day without having to post or wait for someone to finally find you. And on top of that, early webinar special, and I said it from the start, because you’re smart enough to show up live here today, Obie’s decided to do something crazy, which will only be available on this webinar, which is a massive discount that you’ll find nowhere else. So, I hope you’re excited. Once again, I already see lots of yeses and I’m mines coming in still. Super excited to have you on. Without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one. We’re going to show you the one product type that is in extremely high demand right now, and the three-step formula that turns it into daily sales. There’s one thing I want to point your attention to, and I think we can all agree on this, that everyone right now is drowning, and I’m talking absolutely drowning in free information. Let me know if you agree with this. I mean, literally anyone can ask ChatGPT anything right now or any other AI, and just gets a wall of text, word vomit, essays, just a whole blur of text that you now have to go and figure out, and you know, take as you wish. And for most people, even though it’s, you know, convenient in some way, at the same time, it’s a headache because it just gives you a ton of homework. And for that reason, there’s one particular digital product that is in extremely high demand right now. Answer the following question to see if this makes sense. If you wanted buyers and sales today, which one would you sell? Or better yet, what do you think a buyer would love to buy from you? Is it A, a ton of information that people have to stitch together themselves, which is essentially something they can do on GPT, or done-for-you plug-and-play resources templates that are instantly ready to use? Now, I think the answer goes without saying. There we go. B, it is indeed B. Now, people are buying done-for-you templates more than ever before. You see, people will buy templates because Chat GPT lacks visual design, human curation, and a done-for-you convenience. And the proof is undeniable. 3.58 billion is spent on digital planners alone last year. This is something you can make, put online, and get sales on today. And the digital planners go like crazy because people always need them. On top of that, 36.9 million repeat buyers who keep coming back, and that’s just on one particular site that we’re going to show you. It’s kind of like ordering dinner where, you know, you ask Chat GPT for the recipe, and it will give it to you. Give you a whole list. You need to do this, do this, chop this up, put it for this amount of time, and you need to then shop, get the ingredients, cook it, wait, clean up, and hope you do it right. Or, you can order it done-for-you, ready to go, and eat in 20 minutes. And even though a home-cooked meal can be nice, a lot of people will also pay for convenience. Now, surely they can try making themselves, or they can go to a restaurant and get it, for example. And that is the same what’s happening. Yes, they can go to Chat GPT and ask it and get a ton of, you know, information that they now have to stitch together and find out what they want to build with, or take it over to Canva and try to make a calendar manually, or they can go online, buy a ready-to-go calendar, and they’re off to the races. And that’s what you get paid for, for putting together a finished product. And people pay very well for it, right? There are people making, you can see right here in Business Insider, 9,500 a month, a month, selling printables. I’m going to show you exactly how to make these even better, where to sell them, and how you can get sales starting today. Let me know if this starting to make sense. 93.5 million people bought on Etsy alone last year. One of the most underrated platforms. I’m going to show you how to monetize like nobody else is doing because the people on Etsy are not leveraging what we’re about to show you. You’ll be able to dominate effortlessly, and there’s more than enough traffic to go around. So again, let me know if this makes sense. Comment yes if you’re starting to see the picture, if you understand why this works because this is one of the fastest ways to make money online right now. It’s the digital product formula. You create templates people already want with an emphasis on already want because that’s where most people go wrong. They create something hoping people want it. We create things we know people already want. We’re going to show you how we do that. On top of that, we list them where buyers already shop. We don’t go and figure out where should we put it or where do we post it or we post on social media and hope and wait. We put it in places besides social media where we already know there are other buyers that keep buying this regardless. And then furthermore, we watch the sales come in daily. Now, ordinary people, like I said, are applying this exact method making a full-time income doing this. So you might be wondering, well, if this works so well, then why is not everyone doing it, right? Why is not everyone doing this? It’s because even with the latest AI what we’ve looked at as well, you still have to research what is actually selling. Remember, it’s really important to understand what do people want to buy. Second of all, know which marketplace to list on. Etsy’s not the only one. There’s some highly untapped underrated ones, some that most people don’t even know about where you can get a ton of sales, where you can come in with a skill set and a value that blows anyone else out of the water on that same marketplace. We’re going to show you how we’ve been able to do that and help anyone else do that as well. Furthermore, you need to design it well enough to get clicked because if it’s not attractive or good-looking, people will not click it or buy it. You need to write the listing and the keywords as well to show up in the right places for the people that actually want to buy such product. You need to build the print files, the mock-ups, go and find the traffic. Plus, even if you use all these tools to do this, you’re looking at at least that GPT probably 200 a month, Midjourney mega plan 120 a month, Adobe Creative Cloud or any of the apps 16 to 19 a month. Then tools to know what actually sells, to do the research. It’s going to be a hassle. You need to manage multiple tools and all have a monthly recurring system on it. And you still won’t know what will actually sell. And that’s why most people never make money with digital products, even with the latest AI. Now, that is all about to change. Imagine opening up your laptop and seeing this instead. Like Josh said, the part I didn’t expect was the traffic. I built a product, went to bed, woke up, the pins already scheduled and going out on their own. Didn’t touch Pinterest once, got my first two sales that week without doing anything beyond the initial setup. We’re going to show you exactly how to do this starting today because Abby spent the entire year building an AI that does it all for you. When he first showed it to me, I couldn’t believe my eyes. What if you had access to the AI that finds the niche, builds the product, and gets you paid? It’s like the holy trinity, the holy grail, the three things to actually have a real successful income coming in. It does for you. It finds the niche, builds the product, gets you paid. If you had this, do you see yourself making sales fast like Priya, Linda, Marcus, David crushing it? All right, you can see right here David saying, “No, so did everybody who’s doing well out of now.” Then I actually look at the numbers, 93 million bars, and the shops at the top are selling printable invitations and journal pages. There’s no version of that where there’s not room for one more. He’s going into markets where people are already selling it, and he is crushing it. Right here, I run three shops now already, and normally spend a full day on just one new listing. This gave me the same product written out for Etsy, Gumroad, and Teachers Pay Teachers. Highly underrated platform where you can make a ton of sales in under an hour. Already picked up a handful of sales across all three without lifting a finger. He creates a lot of printables, templates, you know, fun things that teachers buy, you know, to put in their classes and their schools, and he gives them the license to use it in such. This is such an underrated play that nobody is talking about. Now, let me ask you this, who here would love to see how you will be able to do exactly this? Comment I want this if you want to have a really good and nice side income that doesn’t require a lot of tech knowledge, any type of skills, but leveraging the best type of AI, and just being at the right time in the right place, which is right here, right now. Let me know if you want this. Comment I want this. And let’s go ahead and bring Abhi in. Give him a warm warm welcome. He’s put so much time, energy, effort into this and testing it, making sure it works, making sure people get results, and I can’t wait to show you what he’s cooked. So, Abhi, if you’re ready, let’s go ahead and show them the power of Product Pilot. Welcome to Product Pilot. In this demonstration video, I’m going to show you how you can use Product Pilot to create incredible products that are high in demand and selling on websites like Etsy, Shopify, Printify, and all similar sites, and start making money without creating products yourself, without finding out what’s actually going to sell, and without generating buyers’traffic. AI does it all for you. So, once you’re on the dashboard, you log in here, you can see all the collections that you have created. Collections are what we call these products, right? So, you get to get started, we click on create collection or create a product. So, we click here. And now, right over here, you can pick your niche. Now, our AI agents can the web and finds out what are the top-selling niches and categories in these sites, what people are actually paying money for. So, you can see all these things. And you can see their trend number as well. So, seven out of 10, six out of 10. All these nine out of 10. This is like really, really popular because winter is coming. So, winter luxe office party invitation is what is selling really, really well right now. Now, the kind of products that you can create include wall art, planners, digital planners, templates, all different kinds of templates, investor briefing email template, B2B software demo, cold script and slide deck template, all those kind of thing. Invitations, invites, sales kickoff rally invitation, executive dinner invitation, things for kids, left-hand cursive writing practice, color by code, all these different products that people are buying on websites like Etsy, right? Craft work. People are buying all these different kind of craft work. All like eight out of 10, minimalistic pantry and spice label bundle. Can you imagine people are paying thousands of dollars buying things like these and nobody is doing this. Low content and PDF reports as well. Virtual assistant monthly client report template, all different kind of things. So, for our demonstration, let’s create a digital planner. Now, let’s see which one’s doing really well right now. So, I’ve got

    Let’s do a 30-minute gym morning digital planner five-day split habit stack. Okay, so I’m going to select this. I’m going to click on next. Now, you can pick from all these different styles. Now, these are the styles that are trending right now in this current month. Now, every month these styles change because our AI agent goes out there and looks for what’s really doing well, what kind of style is doing well. So, for our demonstration, we can pick any of these styles because these are all guaranteed to do well. So, in my demonstration, I’m going to pick this one right over here. And then I’m going to scroll down. I can give our collection designer a description if I want a specific style, or I could just leave it as optional. Now, I can choose pages, how many pages I want, 30, 40, 50, 60. Could because it’s a planner, it’ll have multiple pages. Or you can also enter custom. For our demonstration, I’m going to do five pages and click on generate collection. Now, as you can see, the AI agents will go out there, start doing keyword research, start locking in the style, and start designing all of this. Now, this would take a couple of minutes. You can always go back to collections and continue working on your other projects, and then you can always come back and see all the product that is going on for you. Now, as you can see, our collection is ready. It’s all here. You can view preview it. You can zoom in and see everything. This is all created by AI, and people absolutely want this based on market research. This is not guesswork. This is all market research. So, next thing we’re going to do is create mock-ups. Now, mock-ups essentially means how we’re going to present this planner to the customer who wants it. How we’re going to show them, like, “Okay, you buy this planner, but then this is how you can place it in real life. I’m going to show you what exactly it means. But mockups are essentially used by websites like Etsy, Printify, Shopify to showcase how the product is going to be used in real life by the buyer, by the customer. So as you can see, this is how they will see mockups to be. Oh, you can use mockup on your iPad. It could be putting your planner on an iPad stand like this or like this. So we going to use this to help increase our sales conversions. Next we going to click here and now we can list our product on any of these four websites or you can have your own storefront created in Product Pilot itself. I’m going to show you that to you in a second as well. But you can list your product on Etsy, Gumroad, Printify and Shopify all from the dashboard. Now, all these four websites do not allow automatic listing because they want people to do it manually. Which is why Product Pilot also follows their regulations so your listings never get banned. Now, to make it more simplified for you, we’ve added nine simple steps that you just have to copy and paste. So you go to Etsy and all you have to do it copy and paste your products. So step one, collection images, you click on download and mark as complete. Step one done. Next, step two, collection title. You copy this, you go to Etsy, paste it, mark as complete. Done. Copy, paste. Again, description, copy, mark as done. You go and paste it on your Etsy listing. Tags, copy, paste, mark as complete. Super straightforward, super easy. Category, copy, select the category there, mark as complete. You don’t have to do anything, you just have to copy and paste. AI disclosure, copy, mark as complete right over there. Price, you can put whatever price you want. For us, I’m going to do at least 19 bucks. Update the price. And I’m going to mark as complete. I’m going to update that on my Etsy listing as well. Now, here I can put my Etsy uh URL. Once I finish my listing on etsy.com, it will give me a URL. I’m going to paste that here. Now, the reason we take this URL is for you to be able to see all your sales and data and tracking everything inside Product Pilot. Now, you can create hyperlink PDFs as well. You click on it, it will start generating it. Mark as complete. Now, you can download it all and mark as complete. So, you can download this and give it to a different person. So, if you’re creating these products for your client, you can do that. Now, once this is done, we mark this as listed. Now, what Product Pilot is going to do, not only your product is listed on Etsy, you can do the same for Gumroad again. Again, same steps, right? But, it has also created your very own storefront that is hosted by Product Pilot. And you can use your own domain. So, you don’t really need to list on Etsy or Gumroad or Shopify you can simply have your own storefront. So, let me show you how it looks. You click on this little link. And you can see your morning planner here, all the images with the mockups, everything clearly displayed here with description, price. People can add to cart, they can purchase, they can checkout. You can capture their email. And the best part is, you go to the home and you can see all the other different collections you have created. So, I have a wall art that I have created, two of these products. So, people can see that as well. They can read about your uh store’s story, everything. Now, to customize this, you go to storefront over here, and you can connect your Stripe or PayPal to receive payments. You can add your SMTP to capture email. You can um change this URL, or you can add your own custom domain over here, right? You can see all the details of the products, the headlines, all these things about your storefront. You can add more products that you have created. The more collections you create, more you can add. And you can create multiple storefronts, not just one. You can see all the subscribers you have. You can see all the emails you have. You can connect and even send emails to all these subscribers. You can create bundles. You can connect, give it a title, description, price, and you can bundle two products together and create a bundle. You can, of course, connect your payment and track all the sales here. You can track all the orders that are coming in. You can see analytics, how many emails captured, how many customers, how many sales, how much refund. All that data is here. And then, of course, you can change the store title, add your logo, pick from all these different designs and color palettes and styles. And you can customize everything that you want. You can even add your own AI chatbots here. So, that’s how you create your collections, your products that will sell. Then, Product Pilot also creates you a storefront. Now, this is all great. This is all about creating the products, listing the product, getting it ready for sales. But, how do we get buyers? That’s why we created a module called traffic generation. In the traffic generation, we have the traffic accelerator, where it lets you generate traffic to your listing through six different ways. So, the first one is AI-driven social micro content. You select the uh uh the collection that you want to promote, and it will start creating micro videos promoting these products for you. So, you can select all these images about the product. You can add more images if you want. And then, you can select the country and the language, and then it will start generating these videos for you. You can upload more characters if you want. You can drop more images here. You can select all these images that you want to use in your video, and it will start generating all these videos for you. It’ll create a script. You can add your own image as a character. You can choose what kind of video you want. You can add AI voice. You can use your own voice. You can clone your voice. You can use 11 lab voices. You can generate these videos super super fast. Now, once these videos are generated, they will automatically be scheduled to be published across all the social media that you have. And you can see all the schedule right over here. Now, the next thing you can create is AI-powered QA outreach. So, in AI-driven QA outreach, it ensures customers interaction is personalized. So, it goes, finds questions that have been asked about your product anywhere in the web, and engages those customers. So, AI agent will find questions on Quora, on Reddit, and answer those. Next one is AI-generated Pinterest pin boards. So, it will create these beautiful Pinterest boards about your product, promoting your product, and start pinning those, and start generating traffic for you from Pinterest. And again, it’s super simple. It’s step one, step two, click click click. You don’t really have to create, write, or think of anything. All you have to do is just approve. And AI is going to generate all the art, all the style that you need to use. So, as you can see right over here, it’s going to generate a pin preview. It’s already generated a headline. It’s already generated a description. Next, all we have to do is approve and it will get scheduled. This is incredible. These are using the same collections that you created and it’s created this improved image. Next, we’re going to go is approve and we’re going to get it scheduled at whatever date or time we want. Next one is automated PDF guide. So, it creates these PDF guides and submits these PDF guides on thousands of PDF websites. So, you start generating videos from there. Link building and guest posting is where the AI agent will contact blog owners and help you get guest posts on their blogs and start generating traffic from there. And then, automated Google web story creation as well, where it creates these Google web stories that are automatically ranked on Google. So, you start generating organic traffic as well. Super, super easy. Again, all the styles, all the details are here. You don’t really have to do anything. Just tap, tap, tap, click and everything is done. All these data will be automatically AI generated and scheduled for you. So, not only you create your collections based on products that are actually selling right now, you also generate traffic. You are also able to immediately automatically create your own storefront and then have all the traffic generated using the traffic accelerator module driven to your own storefront or to your Etsy, Printify, Shopify stores to start generating buyers for you. Now, this is how Product Pilot works. This is an untapped market. There’s not a lot of people doing this and if you get started with Product Pilot today, you can start making thousands of dollars every single week by simply creating collections products that people are already looking for. These are all the categories that are trending. So, there are people looking for these things, and we help you create these. We help you list them, and then the AI also helps you generate buyers to your listings, to your storefront, so you can start making money. If you have any questions, feel free to reach out to our support team. We’ll be happy to help you. Wow, wow, wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw? And wants product pilots to go ahead and dominate for them. And I totally hear Abby what he’s saying. Obviously, we’re heading, you know, into seasons where a lot of niches are going to be smoking hot. And you can sell invitation letters, templates, like things that people just need in bulk really quickly to print out. This is the perfect time to step into this. And I’m so glad that he’s building in a way where the agent actually sources these hot niches for you that you sometimes completely overlook or not even think of. So, the sales are inevitable. So, I hope you’re excited. I see lots of people saying,”Wow, I want this. Uh This looks insane, amazing. This makes it so much easier. I love it.”I mean, and the results prove it. I mean, the people that have been using it are crushing it. Therefore, I want to quickly dive into buyers on autopilot because that’s the next step right here where once you have this, the agent go out there and make sure it sells. I’m going to quickly make you understand how that works because once you have this, you’ll never have to worry about traffic. And that’s why this is an absolute no-brainer. Now, I recommend anyone, if you want to make money with digital products, it can’t get easier than this. So, we call it the products pilot. Essentially, now that you have the product, all that needs to happen next is the right people need to see it. And to be honest, this is usually where most people stay stuck. All right, they can have an AI that can create the most beautiful things, but once it’s created, how do I get it to the people? And this is exactly what Abby went out of his way for to make the easiest part of Product Pilot altogether. You see, he went and found the most underrated places where things like this sell like hotcakes and fly off the shelf. Things like Google Web Stories, things like Pinterest, 640 million people a month they’re searching. Etsy searching, 93.5 million buyers, not just visitors, actual recorded buyers. Top of that, Gumroad, 18.6 million visits every single month. Now, here’s what real sellers are getting on Etsy with a traffic of 466 million visits a month that you can expect when your product is on Etsy. This is the amount of traffic that Etsy is getting every single month. Now, within the first 2 weeks in the health niche, doing a $796.60 in the first 2 weeks. Now, Pinterest, 640 million monthly users. Emily Morvick did over 13,000 plus sales in the entire year. 35%more traffic to her Etsy shop. On top of that, Gumroad, 18.6 million visits a month. Rehan made $941 in 30 days from one simple ebook he put on there, and he’s already crushing it on under other sites as well. And then we have Google Web Stories, which has, you know, Google’s the biggest and it 5 trillion searches a year. Now, you can show up for free in Google Search. I mean, this is the traffic that you can start expecting. It is insane. And here’s how it actually works. Here’s how Product Pilot sends you to buyers. The Traffic Builder runs on every listing you own. So, it sends it to Google Web Stories, Pinterest pins and boards, which is probably where you’ll see your first sales really quickly, PDF guides and lead magnets, Q&A and outreach drafts, guest post drafts. I mean, it does everything plus on top of that AI social micro content, quick content that grabs the attention and sends people to the offer. That means on every listing you can expect traffic every day forever. And the sales happen in three simple steps. You pick a niche, you let the AI build it and list it, and the traffic builder sends the buyers. This is the whole plan. You pick the niche which AI already has selected for you, the hottest ones and gives it a score. Then the AI builds the right products that it already knows people will buy based on the data it has found. And then it gets those same people to see your products without fail. Now, if we do the math on this, let me know if you’re loving this. If you do the math, finished products that Product Pilot builds for you for your shop every month, let’s say you build at least 15 products which the engine can do a lot more, especially if you’re taking action on the webinar but let’s say brand new shop, you’re just getting started building 15. Now, what one planner or template pack could typically sell for is about $12. We’ve seen some of $27 do really well as well, but let’s talk very conservatively. Let’s say you’re selling your template pack pack or planner for $12. Now, two sales a day, that’s already $24 a day on just one product. Now, every single month, if you stack it up, that’s 720 bucks bucks a month on just two sales a day, which is nothing when you have the power of Product Pilot in your corner. One product brings in 720 bucks a month. Now, with Product Pilot, you can create a ton of products all together. At five sales today, we’re already at 1,800 a month. And you can run multiple shops, multiple products, and get traffic from Google Web Stories, Pinterest, the PDF guys, Etsy search, Gumroad, forums. All the traffic is going to your shops. So, let me know in the chat box. Comment”yes” if you’re starting to see how simple this is, how this actually works, and why, like I mentioned, this is the easiest and fastest way to make money with digital products, because everything that you normally get stuck on is taken care of. So, comment yes in the chat box if you see how simple this is. With that being said, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do something insane. I mean, if you’ve seen the value of what we’ve shown you here today, you already understand that this is clearly well worth over a thousand dollars at the very least. You’re basically getting an income machine in your hands. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do something insane, which only will remain available on this very webinar. Meaning, when this webinar ends, that deal goes with it. So, it’s such a great thing that you decided to show up live here today. So, who wants to know the early webinar special? Let me know in the chat box. You’ve just seen what’s possible. Who wants finished products on the shelf by tomorrow? Comment in the chat box yes, and I’m going to show you exactly and everything that is included, what you’re going to get, and the steal of a deal, and even some insane webinar only bonuses that we’re going to share with you here today. Let me know in the chat box, and let’s go ahead and dive right in. I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, here’s everything you’re getting in the webinar special. And again, this is only available on this webinar. What you’re getting today is the Products Pilot Premium. This includes the AI Niche Finder, which finds your exact niches, gives them the demand, the competition level, how trendy it is, how seasonal it is, everything you need to know to guarantee sales. Then from there, you get seasonal intelligence, you get the 15 complete products every month that it builds for you. And just to remind you, we’re entering the best seasons possible to start making a ton of profits. Now, furthermore, you’re getting all the product categories, you’re getting unlimited re-rolls, print files in every size, whether it’s, you know, zip files, PDF, PNG, text, light, you get everything from start to finish, perfectly put together. Then, the lifestyle mock-ups that are made for you, so it looks tangible. You get the listing copy written per marketplace, fully SEO driven, so your listing gets ranked extremely high, a ton of clicks, shows up in the right search places, again, guaranteeing those sales. Furthermore, Etsy and Gumroad listing packs, completely ready and done for you to profit from all that traffic; trademark screening built in, so other people can’t just take your product; two shops, not just one, but multiple shops, allowing you to tap into millions of buyers; seven-channel traffic builder, guaranteeing you sales or yourself from daily sales, no matter what; and bulk zip export, and, of course, a commercial rights in full. You can use it for yourself, but you can also use it for clients. And there are tons of people that need help selling their products, selling their services, selling their planners, or they want to create something in alignment with what they have, and you’re able to operate as a service, as well. So, let me know in the chat box, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? Just give me a quick yes if you do. And then, what I’ll tell you next is that it’s going to get even better, because everything you just saw in one account is the Product Pal Premium. But, because you’re on this webinar, who here wants 10 times faster results? Let me know in the chat box, comment faster if you want 10 times faster results. I mean, actually dominate, like all the people that are using this are beta testers and they’re crushing it. What you’re about to get access to next will make it so simple and that’s why today’s special is worth its weight in gold. Let me know in the chat box comment faster because as you know the Products Pal Premium already is very high value. We have valued at $4,805, but we’re also immediately going to upgrade you to the unlimited. What does this mean? You have no monthly cap on products and more products mean more sales. You have premium image engine so your products look better than everyone else’s, bulk creation, you can create 20 products at a time. That is instantly increasing your sales, priority queue and full API access. So your products are done faster, you have full API access, bulk creation, you’ll be absolutely unstoppable. Meaning so instead of 15 products a month, you can fill a whole shop in one sitting and this is your unfair advantage. Meaning on top of the Products Pal Premium, you’re also getting the unlimited bringing the total value to $6,431. Now let me know who here loves the unlimited. That is a game-changer. There you go, loving it. Now it gets even better. You’re also going to get the diamond storefront. Now we’ve tested a lot of different storefronts and we’ve noticed branded storefronts do really well, especially when you start having repeat buyers. You can direct them to your very own branded storefront which Products Pal will even promote for you. This will capture every buyer you invest automatic AI follow-ups to build your list. You can even sell products to your list and it has a full bundle builder and direct checkout that bundles your products together and makes the perfect product for your visitor. Meaning every buyer now becomes your customer, not just a customer on Etsy or Gumroad, your personal customer and you can sell to them again and again and again. Meaning on top of the product pilot premium, you’re also getting the unlimited and the diamond storefront, bringing the total value to $10,804. Now, like I said before, you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck, and this is going to be the easiest way to make money with digital products in particular. Because we’re also going to give you the platinum agency. This will allow you to not only make money from the products, but also do it for others. And there’s tons of people that are craving help, that need someone that I can manage their shop, help them sell products. They’re trying to create printables, they don’t know what to do, or they just have so much to do, they’re looking for someone that can come in and help them with this. You can also give this to your friend, a relative, family member. You’ll be able to do 25 client shops, full white label branding, branded client reports, client reports, and team access. This is the platinum agency, normally $997 a year. You can now run shops for yourself and for other people and charge them for it. This means, on top of the product pilot, you’re getting the unlimited, the storefront, and the platinum agency. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’ve decided to do something absolutely insane. I see Abby said,”I’m working on something, and I’m not sure if I also want to immediately give this on the webinar. This is, you know, one of the most exclusive things that you normally have to get separately.”And he said,”You know what? Everyone that’s live on the webinar, we’re going to include it in this special discounted bundle.”This is a big one, because this is the elite marketplace builder. This gives you eight additional platforms, listings written for each platform. All these platforms come with traffic, books with KDP ready covers, and one click, it’s all published. This means from one product, you now have 10 places to get paid for it. All the odds are in your favor. There’s nothing like this out there. Meaning, on top of Product Pilot, you now have the unlimited, the diamond storefront, the platinum agency, and the elite marketplace builder. Total value of $12,970. I’m going to ask you one more time. Who here is loving everything they’re getting access to? This makes it so simple for you to plug and play, get started, and start dominating. You’ll have access to Product Pilot, which will allow you to get paid again and again. Make your first sale within weeks. We have people doing $796 within 2 weeks from selling selling digital products on Etsy. Build towards 2K a month in record time. On top of that, grow your shop into real revenue. And imagine relaxing at home while the sales keep coming because that is going to be the reality. You don’t have to be out there consistently posting, grinding, you know, going back and forth with Etsy, but these strategizing, building this website, building that. The sales keep coming because the traffic keeps coming and the products are getting created in the hottest niches. And that’s why the total value of this is $12,970. Now, obviously, because you’re on this webinar, and even though it’s worth every single penny of that, you won’t have to invest anywhere near that. But if I’m being honest, even if it were that price, it would be more than worth it because you’re getting something that allows you to dominate in a way no other AI can. Now, to be frank, immediately after this webinar, the price will quickly go to 1997 annual. And for starters, it has to be annual. If you’ve seen the quality results this is already generated, but quite simply what it does, finding the buyers, getting the buyers, building the product, listing the product, it does everything in one go to get you results. I mean, something that well created as well as supported, that’s well maintained and keeps getting better, you know, products that are high high quality, they need annual to keep it sustaining it. So, you’re in the best hands possible because you know this has ongoing support and maintenance. But because you’re on this webinar, it won’t even be 1997. We figured as a special to drop it down by another thousand dollars, but even that we are not going to do. You see, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to drop it down all the way to just 497. Now, let me know in the chat box if you believe 497 annual is an amazing discount for what you’re getting. For a full year, mind you, full year. You can run up a whole shelf of products, multiple stores, get a millions of traffic to tap into. You’ll make so much more than 497 in a year regardless. Now, who here thinks this actually a fair deal? There you go, lots and lots of yeses coming in. Now, I got news for you, it won’t even be 497, which is insane. And even though you can make so much more money than that in an you know, in a full on you will not even have to invest 497 today. We figured on this webinar, we’re going to drop it down even lower to just 317 annual. And to make it the ultimate deal, and because you showed up and you stayed until the end, if you comment the word live, because we always like like to treat the people and which is you, we always like to treat you better when you show up live. When you comment the word live, you’ll unlock the live action taken discount. The live action taken discount, which means it will be even lower than 317. I mean, that’s insane. This is such a good software, well-maintained, and it actually has gotten people a ton of results as it will for you. This is a gold mine of a find, and it won’t even be 317. You’ll be able to get it for just 267, but only when you grab it right now on the webinar with the special coupon code that you can enter in the order form, which are going to be activated right this second. So, I’m going to ask the team to activate the limited amount of coupons that we have, and the people that use it the first will be able to take advantage of this and grab it for only 267. The link will be dropped in the chat right now. This is a steal of a deal, a gold mine of a find, and you couldn’t have been in a better time and place right now, especially with the seasons coming up as well. The Run Products Pilot for you. Let the agents do their thing, and watch the sales come in. This will allow you to finish the year strong and actually have a ton of results to be proud of, and it’s going to be in one of the easiest fashions possible. So, make sure you go to the link in the chat and take advantage of the special coupon code that is just now activated. Now, we got limited amount of these available, so it’s really first come, first served. Again, the link just dropped in the chat. Go to the URL. Now, in all seriousness, if you’ve been looking for something that actually gets you results. If you’ve been looking for something that takes care of the traffic, that creates a product for you, that sells it for you, something that’s easily maintainable and actually brings in a really good side income, and doesn’t cost an arm and a leg, then this is perfect right here. 267 is the most affordable it will ever be and it will allow you to step in to a proven business model where the work is cut out for you. And I’m not kidding when I’m saying the price will go up after this webinar in stages. Meaning this is the lowest it will ever be right now and the link is in the chat. Now again, if you’ve been sick and tired of, you know, running around in circles, trying different things, and not knowing how to get traffic, you’re going to get the traffic builder that runs on every listing you own. It does everything to make sure you get sales. And it’s three simple steps. It picks the niche, it lets the AI build the products and list it, and the traffic builder sends the buyer. Now, you can start earning the moment you grab this, but this is your only chance to take advantage of the webinar special. You’re getting the whole nine yards where all your work is cut out for you. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re getting 10 times faster results with the unlimited as well as the diamond storefront as well as the, on top of that, platinum agency. And of course, besides the platinum agency, the all-inclusive elite marketplace, allowing you to get 10 places additionally to get paid for the products that Product Pallet creates for you. This is the best possible course of action in time where you can grab this because everyone outside of this will have to grab either everything separately plus the price will be a lot higher. Now, having access to Product Pallet once again will allow you to get paid, make your first sales in weeks, build towards the 2K month quickly, and grow a shop into real revenue. We have people doing 93K in revenue selling digital downloads. Now, I want you to imagine what it’s like when you take an action right now to invest 267 and that’s what it truly is an investment, something that you can ask back at any time because you have a money back guarantee. 267 and you turn it on, it finds the niche, it creates a product, it sells it for you. We could have easily offered this at 9 and 7 which we will, even 497. 317 is already steal of a deal, but because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get the ultimate deal. And because you stayed until the end, if you comment the word”live “which I see many of you already did you’ll be able to snatch this up for an all-time low of just 267. Now once again, the link is in the chat box. Make sure to go to the URL right now. And once you have this, you can say goodbye to staring at a blank canvas, not knowing where to start or what to do, or having to pay other people, designers, or you know, contractors, VAs to try and do things for you. You’re no longer listening into silence or you know, waiting for traffic to appear and you’re no longer watching everybody else catch in. All those problems will literally fade away the moment you grab product pilot. So you have two choices when this call ends. You can either grab this right now and start earning and definitely, you know, on these last months of the year, you know, quickly scale like never before by having the perfect offers created by product pilot for you, presented to the right people by product pilot for you. That is a cash cow as I like to call it. Or you exit the call, you fail to take advantage of the biggest discount and one of the easiest and fastest ways to make money online right now, and go back to overtime spending not only more time, but even more money on inferior things trying to figure out how to make money online. The answer is right in front of you right now and you’re able to grab the product pilot, the unlimited, the diamond storefront, the platinum agency, and the elite marketplace, the whole nine yards for just 267 annual and you can cancel anytime. Now, after a year, you can tell us,”No, you’d be crazy if I cancel this. This keeps getting me sales, which we know for a fact that it will.”Or maybe after a year, you’re like,”Hey, I’ve made more than enough money with this and I want to take this money and do something else and that’s totally fine as well.” Either way, in both scenarios, you’re going to get results no matter what. Now, if you’re quick and I already see a couple of people I actually want to go ahead and congratulate the time before um I mention something really interesting because I see a few people already asking about it. I first want to congratulate Poppy Williams um and John as well, Anthony as well, Lisa as well. Um there you go. Lots of you guys are amazing. I’m in, I’m in, I’m in. Uh how long’s the money back guarantee? It’s a full 14 days and that’s more than enough time, you know, to use it, even getting sales, results. So, 14 days more than enough um and you know, zero risk, no questions asked. So, just so you know that. There you go. Perfect. That’s all I need to know. Awesome. Now, you’re getting the whole nine yards and there’s more. Now, I’m going to go to the special bundle page right here. I’m going to put it on the screen. Because you’re going to get the entire product pilot bundle deal. Now, this includes, like I mentioned, the premium and by the way, Bethany, congratulations for grabbing this. Like we said, the AI niche finder, the seasonal intelligence, 15 complete finished products. Now, you’ll be upgraded to the unlimited, by the way. Mason Williams, congratulates to you as well. All product categories, all style directions, you know, US letter, A4 trim marks, all the tedious things you usually have to take into account to make sure it’s perfect. It’s all done for you. Even the automatic lifestyle mock-ups, it’s all taken care of. We’re even going to give you a special bonus, which is our red carpet live training, and we call this our live profit workshop, where we’re going to make sure this is not just another tool that’s collecting dust. It is earning you from the moment you have this. So, this is literally included for free when you grab this today. Now, on top of that, you have the marketplace. You have our infamous Shop Real AI, which dominates on TikTok shops and gets you a lot of sales specifically from TikTok as well, which works hand-in-hand with Product Pilot. You’re also getting, as you know, the unlimited version giving you no monthly product cap, premium image engine, bulk creation, priority queue, queue, and four concurrent jobs instead of one, so you can scale and move a lot faster. You also get our AI Sellers, which is crazy good at creating landing pages, review videos, lead magnets, short videos, flip books, talking head. This is your all-in-one sales machine that can pretty much create anything you need for any occasion. And you’re also getting, on top of that, AI Influencers. You can sell your products with influencers, have them hold them, have them talk about them. You can put all of that on Etsy as well or Gumroad or any other place and have your very own AI Influencers sell the products for you. You can give them sponsored product, you can give them images, you can hold it, talk about it. And this is where you really stand out once again, making it even more tangible. And then, of course, you’re going to get the agency. 25 client shops fully isolated, complete white label access, and this thing sells like hotcakes. We’re going to give you automated branded client PDF reports, client records, so you can run a real book of business, and team member access for VA partner. And on top of that, as mentioned, you’re going to get some of her most insane bonuses. For example, the pod coach prompt pack, 30 winning episode topics, our milestone alert system, our red carpet live training. You’re getting the best of the best plus unlimited. So, you got nothing to lose. Liam, congratulations to you, by the way. You got nothing to lose and everything to gain. Make sure you grab this right now before it ends because again, as mentioned, the next price increase is incoming after this webinar. You do not want to end up paying close to $2,000 for something that you could have snatched up right now for a couple hundred bucks, 267. Start using it and start generating results with it. Now, I do see a couple of questions about um”Hey, I’d love to take the mega bundle as well.”Let me show you what that’s about. That’s actually pretty interesting. Um when you grab this, you’re actually already getting an insane insane silly of a deal. Abby has a few very limited spots for two insane things that you can get access to. Number one is the mega bundle. This gives you an additional VIP live training where we’re really going to hone in on your results, future software access to softwares that Abby releases, exclusive masterminds, and added lines on your checkout page. Now, this is limited copies. So, make sure you grab this. If you don’t see the mega bundle, you might have missed out. Um we only do a handful of these. If you see it, make sure you snatch it up. Now, here’s the big one and I see, you know, people are super excited about about this one. I see, you know, um Mireille already grabbed this, Danny already grabbed this, Ali grabbed this. And that is the done for you vault. This is where we actually give you 500 finished products ready to list. This is basically your instant money engine. We do the niche research, the listings we write, we refresh every quarter for the next 12 months, and then one-click deployed and the traffic starts coming in. Now, this is a big one. So, when you see this page, which is the done-for-you, where it says,”We hand it to you. 500 finished products, niche research, styles chosen, everything done for you.”Consider yourself extremely lucky because we only have limited spots for this. We actually know the player team to do this for you. It’s a 197 one-time, and honestly, if you value your time more than 197, then this is perfect for you. Because you’re not just getting one listing set, or two listings, or heck, even 10. You’re getting 500 products done. Every product in the vault is built and make sure it’s a product that’s in demand right now. Competition is researched, style is locked in, palette is locked in, every piece is already matching. You know, you have something that instantly can start earning. 500 products, every category already researched for you specifically. We’re talking wall art, planners, templates, invitation kits, education, digital planners, PDF reports, guides, craft, everything that sells, you have access to, listed, and traffic sent to it. Now, the done-for-you, again, is only limitedly available. So, make sure when you see this page, it also has our VIP bonuses of, you know, our quarterly refresh, where every quarter our team adds fresh products to make sure you always get, you know, the best sales for the entire quarter. We give the vault owner playbook, which is a short field guide to show you which products add first, depending on the month. And we’re going to give you a private vault owners community, where it’s a members-only vault, only for our done-for-you members, that you know, get to share their results with each other. And you know, that group is crushing it. And when you’re in it, it automatically rubs off on you, and your results follow quickly, as well. Now, having it done for you once again is a 1971 time just at click on this box hand me the vault now and it will be yours right away. Now, we can never reopen this door. So, make sure when you see this page to click it because if you don’t, you won’t see it again. This is for the done for you. Now, the mega bundle and done for you are only available for the people who actually have the special bundle that we’re revealing right here and that is only available at 267 on this very webinar. Once you have the bundle, you can apply for the mega bundle and done for you where the team comes in, gives you 500 products custom made, does it for you, does the competitor research so you can immediately start earning in bulk. So, if you want that, make sure you take advantage of the special bundle deal where you’re getting a steal of a deal right now and then make sure you snatch up the done for you and the mega bundle as well, which you’ll find right here on the order form. Make sure to check this box. I’ll put it right here. You can see it on my screen. This is what the mega bundle looks like. If you still see these boxes, consider yourself extremely lucky because you’re going to get three VIP live training calls with the the founders. That alone is extremely valuable because Obie knows this first hand inside out. He’s going to look at the products you want to sell, he’s going to look at your store, look at the traffic and give you nothing but great advice, meaning you’re not on your own and you can absolutely consider yourself crushing it when you have the mega bundle. This is if you really want to hit the home run. It’s the 77 buck one time. You’re also going to get our VIP live training on Solomon AI automation agency, which is crushing it for our users, our live training on short form content agency. You get unlimited AC accounts for one of our hottest softwares. You’re going to get multiple high speed AI trendy product creation. Now, this will allow you to generate a ton of results, unlimited AC access to shop shop reel, unlimited AC access to AI sellers, unlimited AC access to AI influencers, unlimited access to pod reel, and get added to our secret AI AC Facebook group. Now, the total value of this combined, you can see this alone is 9 and 7, 9 and 7. This one is 67 a month. All the unlimited AC accounts are annual or monthly. Now, you’re going to get all of this, including three VIP live training calls with the founders, for only 77 buck once. So, make sure you check this box because it’s a steal for the amount of value you’re getting. You’re getting the biggest discount. Now, if you don’t see this box, notice that this is only for the first 50 buyers. So, if this box is gone, it means that you’re too late. Now, the best part of all, in my opinion, is the done-for-you. This is where you sit back, relax, and watch Obby and the team come in and create 500 finished products ready to list, everyone regenerated uniquely to you. All eight categories print-ready, every size, mock-ups plus listing copy, all done for you, trademark screen before you list it, full commercial rights, and skip the making, start with a full shelf. Checking this box means a one-time 197, and you save time because the team will come in and log into your account and do everything for you. This is one of the fastest ways you can start earning real sales and wake up to actual people picking up your product, downloading it, buying it, loving it. This is the first time that when you look at your phone or your laptop or email, you see buyer notifications and sales notifications, simply because you were smart enough to grab this here today. This is going to be so much fun for you, and I know already that the people that have grabbed this are going to see the fastest results that they’ve ever seen in any endeavor. So, congratulations to all of you that picked this up. That’s John, that’s Adam, that’s Anthony, that’s Lisa, that’s Mo, let’s see here, that’s Daniel, that’s Kevin, that’s Jeffrey, that’s Marie, that’s William, that’s Heather, that’s David. There you go, Melissa as well, Michael as well, Amy as well, Christopher, Jason, Jennifer. I love it. You guys are amazing. If you’re still on the fence, guys, don’t be. You have a 14-day money-back guarantee and you’re getting the best of the best. There’s no AI out there like this. It finds what sells, it creates it, and it sells it as easy as that. Now, all you have to do is grab it right now. You’re protected with a 14-day money-back guarantee right here. So, you got nothing to lose and everything to gain. Now, make sure when you see these boxes to check these boxes as well because, you know, this will allow you to not only save a ton of time, but to solidify your results and knock it out of the park. And since you’re already getting a steal of a deal when you enter the coupon code, so you enter your email name coupon, um you’re going to get it Wait, here you put in the coupon code pilot, you know, you apply it. I don’t want to do it right now. I want to save it for you. I don’t know how many we have left, but the price will magically drop down to just 267 annual, which is a steal. And again, you can cancel anytime. You can use it for a full year, make as much money as you want, and then, you know, don’t renew, take the money and go and invest it in something else. Or you keep it as your cash cow, your golden goose that keeps tapping into the right trends, creating the right digital products, and selling it for you. That’s highly what I recommend you to do because you’re going to have a digital product income starting today. So, again, make sure you go to the link in the chat because the people that grabbed this, and congratulations Raymond, I just saw you got it in Frank you as well, Emily you as well. The AI will start building your digital products that will pay you again and again without designing, selling, or showing your face and your first sales can start happening within the next 24 hours? Heck, even within the next hour because digital products right now are booming more than ever. And everything we’ve shown you here today is backed up by numbers, data, stats, and actual results by real people. Now, if you’ve been struggling up until now not knowing what to create, what to sell, what people want to buy, and just don’t have any buyers to get to, then this is perfect for you. If you’re sick and tired of wasting time and, you know, having a ton of different tools that are not earning you anything, that’s exactly what Abhi sat down and solved. He found, first of all, business model selling digital products, which is booming right now. That’s the first prerequisite, making sure you’re entering a growth market. And digital products are booming. And again, to make sure you understand why that is, it’s because people are drowning in free information and they want ready-to-go plug-and-play resources. Now, with what you’re getting access to, you can literally pick any niche you want to sell in and instantly have sales just like Linda did, just like Priya did without having to design anything or show your face. So, make sure you grab this because this will allow you to start making your first sales as soon as today. And again, so many people that have started using this are crushing it and you will be next. And the best part is, you don’t need a following, you don’t need design skills, without tech skills, without finding buyers yourself. When you take action today, you will have AI building and selling products for you in any niche. Literally having the AI work for you to find the winning niches, create the products, make the mockups, send buyers from seven channels, as well as get you paid again and again. So, make sure you grab this. as see Troy you just got in. Samuel just got in. Robin just got in. Congratulations. Uh Denise just got in as well. Bradley just got in. Craig just got in. Peter got in. Brandon got in. George got in. You guys are making such a wise and profitable decision and you’re going to absolutely crush it. Again, anyone can right now go to ChatGPT, ask it anything, and just get a bunch of text, words, and information. And it’s that exact reason why people right now are buying ready-to-go things where the information is already applied, where the information is ready, plug-and-play, executed so they can pick it up and run with it immediately. Right? And when you ask yourself once again, do people, you know, want, you know, tons of free information or do they do they want plug-and-play resources? The answer is clear. And it’s not just us saying this, you know, people are buying this no matter what. The numbers don’t lie. And it is undeniable how easy it is right now to actually capitalize on this, and a ton of people are not even talking about this. Now again, the same is with ordering food. You can, you know, go to ChatGPT, ask it what recipes to make or what recipe it is, then find the ingredients, try and do it yourself, or you can order food. And like I said before, even though a nice home-cooked meal, you know, is good every now and then, a lot of people, you know, go for convenience, and that’s why, you know, they do DoorDash, etc. And that’s the same when it comes to AI. Right? Even though people have access to AI right now, they’re still looking for done-for-you and plug-and-play resources that they can buy and immediately use. Printables, templates, agendas, planners, you know, postcards, anything, invitations, letterheads, that they can immediately pick, select, print, and have access to. And you know, you see 9,500 monthly printable 93.5 million people bought them Etsy last year. The proof is in the pudding that this right now is the fastest way to make money online and the formula is this. You create the templates with product pilot when you grab it right now for only 267. It lists them where the buyers already shop. You watch the sales coming daily. This is literally working for people as we speak. Now the reason product pilot does it so well is because other AI tools, if you were to try and do this on your own, you know, you would have to research what to sell. You need to know all these hidden niches, know what marketplaces, know the keywords, know how to print, how to create and it will cost you a ton more using a ton of separate tools that don’t give you support, help, coaching, bonuses, training and better yet agents that do all the work for you. So make sure that you grab product pilot. Because imagine opening your laptop and getting results like Josh saying,”The part I didn’t expect was the traffic. I built the product, went to bed, woke up the two pins already scheduled going out on their own, didn’t touch Pinterest once, got my first two sales that week without doing anything beyond the initial setup.” I’ve been spending an entire year building this AI, making it perfect to the point it once again finds, then builds and gets you paid. I would can’t wait for you to be the next success story. Make sure if you love what you sha-saw here today, make sure you grab product pilot because I’ll be make sure you’re going to get a ton of traffic from all the right places allowing you to start scaling as soon as today. You’ll be getting traffic from Google web stories, Pinterest pins that are generating a ton of quick sales, PDF guides, lead magnets, Q&A and outreach drafts, guest post drafts, AI social micro content forums. You’ll be literally getting a ton of traffic to traffic to high demand products that allows you to make sure you’re generating sales no matter what. Three simple steps, it picks a niche, let the AI build and list it, and the traffic builder sends the buyers. And when we do the math on this once again, that 267 you invest today is peanuts, pocket change compared to what this will make you the moment you grab this. Now, this is only available, and this is your last and final chance to grab this while we are actually live, because you’ll be taking advantage of what we call the early webinar special, giving you everything as promised, the AI niche finder, seasonal intelligence, 15 complete products, if not more, the unlimited because you’re on the webinar, all the product categories, unlimited remolds, print file in every size, lifestyle markets made for you, listing copywriting per marketplace, Etsy and Gumroad listing packs, trademark screening built in, you’ll be able to do multiple shops, seven channel traffic builder, and again, the full-on commercial license. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re not just getting the product pilot, but you’re going to accelerate your results when you grab this now, because you’re getting the unlimited. On top of the unlimited, you’re also getting the diamond storefront. On top of the diamond storefront, you’re getting the agency. And on top of the agency, you’re getting the elite marketplace. This entire combinations at this massive discount guarantees that you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and the biggest results in record time. Having access to product pilot will allow you to get paid again and again and again. Now again, I want you to once again imagine relaxing at home and just seeing the sales keep coming in to your store, to your products that the agents research found out listed and gotten you buyers for. And that’s why I said, even if this were to be $12,000, it’s still more than worth it. Now, we could charge 1997, which we will, but right now it’s not anywhere near that. Not even 997, not even 497, or heck, not even 317, which is a steal for the massive massive advantage that you’re getting here right now. To make it the ultimate deal, and if you comment it live while we’re here, you’re going to get it at only 267 annual to have something that’s a properly maintained, something that you can rely on, and something that keeps generating you an income no matter what. Now, like I said, the price will go up, so make sure you grab it right now before it’s too late. And when you’re in, do not forget to double-make sure to get the mega bundle, which is only 77 bucks, which will guarantee you get access to the three VIP live training calls, the AI automation agency method, the short-form content agency startup, as well as the unlimited agency multiple high-speed AI trendy product creations, unlimited agency access to Shopreel, AI sellers, AI influencers, which combined are all 97 a year. You’re getting all of this for just one time 77 and access to our AI agency Facebook group. Now, if you don’t see this box anymore, just know that you’re too late because when the first 50 pick this up, this will vanish into thin air and the price will be much higher to still get this. Now, the best one of all, and if you’re still even lucky at this point, I see, you know, Dana picked up the done for you, Jerry picked up the done for you, Frank picked up the done for you, Jeffrey picked up the done for you, Philip picked up the done for you, Christie picked up the done for you, Rodney. So, I don’t even know if this is still available, but in case it is, do not hesitate. Check mark this box because you have not just one, not 10, not 100, but 500 finished products uniquely generated to you. I mean, it can’t get better than that. Even if you were to ask someone else to do that, it will literally cost you thousands of dollars for the amount of research, you know, professionalism, guarantee of sales, design, they will charge you through the nose for just a handful. We’re giving you 500, all categories, mock-ups, trademarks, full commercial rights. You skip the making yourself. You start with a full shelf. If you want that massive shortcut, make sure you check this box, and then all together, don’t forget to put in the coupon as well, which will bring the price down to just 267, but only while we are live. You’re literally getting the biggest bang for your buck ever, and it’s all because you were smart enough to show up. Now, I once again want to congratulate Troy, Tanya, Brenda, Holly. Uh there we go, George, Nicholas, uh Gary, Douglas, Benjamin, Keith, Brian, Gary, Tiffany, Edwards, Stacy, there we go, Justin, uh Aaron, Wendy, Stephen, Ria, Jonathan, Kenneth, Greg. You guys are game changers. And what I mean by that is you seen opportunity, it makes sense to you, you’re taking action, you have absolutely zero risk because you know you have a 14-day money-back guarantee, and you know for a fact you’re going to crush it because there’s no other AI out there like this. We’ve seen people, you know, trying to do this stitching a million different tools together, and it is a hassle. We’ve done it in a way anyone, even complete beginners, can start finally earning online in the fastest and easiest way possible, making themselves proud and the people around them by simply using Product Pilot right now. You’re getting the premium valued at 4,805, the unlimited, which is already, you know, allowing you to scale immediately the diamond storefront at your very own shop with your own buyers coming in and traffic, the platinum AC, and the elite marketplace multiplier. This is the fast track to making money with digital products, and it’s handed to you on a silver platter, especially when you grab the mega bundle and the done for you as well. So, go to the link in the chat because this will be your last and final chance to take action on this because as I mentioned before, the price will go up. The link is in the chat. I can’t wait to see you on the inside. And again, do not forget while you’re already getting a massive discount, take the mega bundle and the done for you vault, which are only a one-time. So, grab the bundle now while both are still open. And when you act today as a special bonus for showing up live, you’re also getting our red carpet live private workshop, which is on its own. You normally have to buy a thousand-dollar ticket for it to attend. You’re going to get that added for free. You’re going to get our 30-proof niche blueprints valued at 297. You’re going to get our entire listing vault. You’re going to get our founding members community. You’re going to get our first 30-days checklist. This together makes sure you’re making the best investment you could possibly make and also, you know, giving you peace of mind knowing that this investment is going to pay you back in tenfold if not a hundredfold. Take it for 14 days on our risk and not yours. And even if you put in one ticket, any question, you keep everything you made and you get a full refund. But the only thing is you need to grab it right now. The price will rise every week starting after this webinar, meaning the link is in the chat if you want to grab it at the lowest it is with everything included, this is your best time and chance to do this. And just so you know, the real reasons this will work for you. If you’re someone that says, well, you know, I’m a not creative. You don’t have to be. You pick a niche and look at the AI, it does all the heavy lifting for you. If you’re something that says, well, I don’t have an audience. That is exactly who this is built for. The marketplaces it will put your products on are getting millions of buyers on there and it will make it so that your product gets seen by the right people that search for those exact trending and hot products. I mean, you’re literally investing in once again what I call an investment cash cow, a golden goose that lays golden eggs because this AI is an unfair advantage. Now, if you’re wondering, well, can people just, you know, use chat GPT to, you know, create products or, you know, to go ahead and, you know, do things themselves without buying it? And of course, they could. We’re not saying they can’t. But, it’s the same analogy. People can go to a restaurant or cook at home. People can do DoorDash or cook at home. The reason businesses, departments, and people pay for finished product, finished output, is so that they don’t have to go through the hassle of creating it, figuring out how to create it, going through all the information, just don’t have time to do it or even do it right. You have an AI that creates the hottest planners, templates, digital printables, everything that people want that are buying as speak, as proven, and puts it in front of them. Because those people don’t have the time and energy to go and figure out how to make it themselves. And that’s how everything really works. You can do a lot of things yourself or you can pay to save a ton of time and even get it done better. Now, if you’re wondering, well, I bought AI tools before, how do I know this will work for me? Now, first of all, this is a one-of-a-kind. This is not another social media tool, image generating tool, content tool, chatbot tool. This is something and I hope you agree by now, something that you’ve never seen before that works in a way it is bound to get your results. Now, on top of that, you might be wondering,”Well, isn’t it saturated if I go on this marketplace and a lot of other people are selling products?”I mean, it’s like saying you go into the store and the store is saturated. No, people go in every day of the week to shop and get their groceries. There’s over 93.5 million buyers that search last year and they keep coming back. Now, you’re wondering,”Is there a monthly fee?”No, it’s one annual, cancel anytime, and then you’re in. Now, you can literally sell what it makes. You have the full commercial rights. And if you’re someone,”Well, I don’t have a lot of time, especially to take on a new product or service right now.”It is built for people who do not have the time. It takes 4 minutes. We timed it to the T. 4 minutes to create a product, have it listed, and get it out there. If you have the time to show up here live, you surely have time to use this and make money with it without fail. Now, what if I get stuck? You have 14 days to find out. And if there’s anything you dislike, your money’s back right away. Now, if you’ve never sold anything online before, you have multiple shops, products, and listings up and running and it’s going to be so fun because you’ll finally start getting paid online. Now, again, what this costs to do yourself is a ton of different monthly, even hourly subscriptions or outsourcing, where with Product Pilot, it’s just 267 yearly and you’re set. Now, I want you to understand. Once you make a product once, it pays you again and again and again. The link is in the chat. Make sure you grab this while we’re live. And I know for a fact it’s going to not only bring you a lot of income, but it’s going to bring back a lot of time. Because here’s the thing about money, you can always make it back. But the time you spent thus far is something that never comes back. And when you don’t take action today, you do nothing, you close this tab, next month will look exactly like this one, and that’s another, you know, month wasted on nothing as we’re nearing the end of the year. Now, do do it yourself, and that’s just a hassle because you practically have no guarantee of knowing what you’re doing or making sure you’re doing it right. And then on top of that, is take the shortcut. Win back your time, use Product Pallet, it does it all, and you have 14 days risk-free to try it out and prove us wrong. So, the question is, are you a doer or a dabbler? Picture your shop a month from now, full of finished products that sell, getting every day, every hour even, traffic and sales coming from your listings. And here’s exactly what happens after you click the link and grab this right now. It allows you to literally sit back and watch it pick a niche, build a product, goes live in your shop. This is exactly what’s going to happen for you, and you’re moments away from it. So, if you grab this, and as a lot of of people did, and once again, congratulations to all of you. You’ve made an extremely wise and smart decision. I can’t wait to see you on the inside. The link is once again in the chat, and please, for your own good, do not forget mega bundle and done for you. And just to clarify once more, with the mega bundle, you’re going to get everything you see right here, the live training, the VIP live trainings. I mean, this will make you such a smart and powerful entrepreneur and it’s only one time 77 bucks. It is live. You get unlimited AC access. I mean, this allows you to sell this with AC rights and make a ton of money. Now, my favorite is the done-for-you because this is where you get 500 demand research products, real high-demand products created uniquely for your account for just 197. The AI will find what is selling this week. We’re going to not just give you one or a couple, but 500. You have a 14-day money-back guarantee in the done-for-you as well and you’re going to get the complete vault at only one time 197. This is the biggest shortcut because the done-for-you vault practically guarantees you’re getting products instantly ready to sell without fail. You don’t have to log in, figure it out yourself. You have us giving you not just one product because once again, you’ll go in and have it work and let it create a product by product, which is great and what it’s, you know, supposed to do, but having an instant 500 high-demand products is a game-changer. That practically guarantees you sales no matter what. So, make sure you grab the done-for-you if you want the shortcut yourself to success. This is the fastest way to make a good and healthy side income without barely lifting a finger and that’s the power of AI. When you know how to use AI in the right way because so many people over complicate AI or, you know, it slows them down, which is even worse. When you have AI like this, that is the true advantage that you’ll have over everyone else. So again, the link is in the chat. You’re getting everything as promised, but only if you grab it right now. You’re getting it at an all-time low of not even 317, heck, not even 497, but because you’re here live, you can snatch this up at 267 annual. And once again, the reason it’s annual it’s because something that’s maintained, supported ongoingly, making sure, you know, you’re always getting the best and you’re always getting results just like the people before you who were smart enough to grab this. So, I want to congratulate Patrick, Justin, Shawn, Edward, Todd, you know, Benjamin, Keith, once again, Gary, Nate, congratulations. Jose, congratulations. Jill, congratulations. Dennis, congratulations. Erica, congratulations. I mean, if you’re still here and you’re on the fence, just look at the names I just mentioned. These are real people that are picking this up because they know that this is a game-changer. I mean, this many people can’t be wrong. And you’re going to see their testimonials, their success stories, and by the time you want to pick this up and you finally catch on, it will be no less than 1997. And guess what? You won’t even get all the bonuses, the done-for-you will be even more expensive, the mega bundle will be even more expensive, and you won’t even have the elite marketplace since this is only something we’re doing for the webinar. And in case you forgot, the elite marketplace will allow you to get eight more platforms, listings written for each platform done for you, books with KDP ready covers. It literally allows you to have one product and 10 places to get paid from it, the ultimate shortcut. So, again, I’ll leave it at that. The link is in the chat. I’m super excited for everyone that has grabbed this. And again, you have a 14-day money-back guarantee. You’ve got nothing to lose, everything to gain, and not to forget the done-for-you will make it worth so much more because the moment you log in, you’re going to see 500 products ready to earn you money. It’s like you have 500 of the hottest stocks that are all about to go up and you have that in the palm of your hand. Make sure you grab the mega bundle done for you by simply clicking the blue check mark box or the box that, you know, creates a blue check mark, so it’s added to your account. Do not forget to enter your coupon code, which is pilot, which will drop the price down to 267, so you see you’re getting the massive steals of the deal, only 267 for the entire bundle, only 77 once for the mega bundle, and only 197 once for the done for you. And with that, you’ve just made the smartest possible decision you can make to end this year, make it the best Christmas, make it the best Halloween, make it the best Thanksgiving. All the holidays will be in your favor because you took an action today that will allow you to have sales ongoingly. So, the next time you spend money on something, it’s money you spend from the sales you’ve made. The next time you buy something or you even buy gifts in the beautiful times that are coming, it’s money you spend from the sales you’ve made with product pilot. So, make sure you grab this. You’ve got 14 days to try this out and then decide if you want to keep it, and I can’t wait to see you on the inside. Once again, congratulations and I appreciate you. Super excited and go ahead and go to the URL. I asked the team to drop it one last time. This is truly your last chance to grab this. The link is in the chat. There we go. Congratulations, Brenda, just in time as well. Kristen, just in time as well. Congratulations. I’ll see you on the inside. And remember, this will finally allow you to say goodbye, you know, to all the stress, to staring at a blank canvas, going online, not knowing how to make money, what to sell, how to get traffic. All of those hassles are gone because you finally you finally have an AI that does it all. I’ll see you on the inside. This is one file. It took about 4 minutes to make. Nobody designed it and people keep buying it. 93 and a half million people bought from one website last year. 11.9 billion dollars. A lot of it was not a thing at all. Somebody made a file once and then kept selling. Stay with me. You are about to watch one of these get made, listed and paid for. These are digital products, printables, planners, invitations, templates. Make the file once, the buyer pays, downloads, done. No stock, no shipping, no returns. You sell it and you still have it. Sell it 500 times, it is still in the same folder. So, why is not everybody doing it? Because somebody has to make the file and if you have ever tried, you know how that goes. You open a design tool and stare at a blank page or you prompt an AI and get one picture. And even if you made something, you do not know what sells, you cannot write a listing that gets found and when you put it up, nothing happens. Four separate jobs. A researcher, a designer, a copywriter and a marketer. Most people quit at the first one. So, we built all four of them into one app. This is Product Spy Bot. Four AI agents, one for each job. Agent one tells you what to sell based on what is selling this week. Agent two builds the product. Not one image, a complete print-ready set and yours is yours. Agent three makes it sellable and puts it live. Mock-ups, listing, price, published. Agent four goes and gets the buyers seven channels right every day without you. You pick a niche and you pick a look. The four of them do everything else. So, let me show you click by click. This is the dashboard. Four agents down the side and that is the entire app. I click find a niche. Agent one has already done the work. It scanned what is selling on the marketplaces this week and ranked it. Demand on one side, competition on the other. Top of the list today, high demand, low competition. I did none of that research and I do not need an opinion. So, I click it. Agent 2 takes over, and it gives me four finished looks. Palette, layout, and typography, all built around what sells in that niche. I click the one I like. Then, I click create. That was the second and last decision I make in this entire process. Now, look at what comes out. This is the part that decides whether you buy this. 15 pieces. A matching set, not 15 random images. Every print size has its own file. Both paper formats. And a sizing guide written in, so your buyer knows how to print it. I am opening one at full resolution. That is print shop quality. Somebody is putting that on a wall. Now, the question you are already asking, if everybody buys this, does everybody get the same files? So, watch. Same niche. I run it again. Different set. It generates every time. It does not hand out copies. So, what you sell is not what the next buyer sells. Agent 3 turns that folder into a listing. First, the mock-ups. Already composited. Here is what a beginner uploads. Here’s what came out of this. That first image is the only reason anybody clicks. No camera, no photo shoot. Then, the listing itself. Title, tags, description, category, and a price band based on what that category actually sells for. It screens everything for trademarks before it goes anywhere, and builds the listing to the marketplace rules. So, you are compliant by default. I pick the shop I connected. I click publish. And there it is, live on the marketplace, viable by anybody right now. That is a real URL, and this is the half every other tool leaves you to do on your own. Agent 4, seven channels. I switch them on, and I click start. Pins built from those mock-ups and schedule. A web story published. A free guide written. Video syndicated. All pointing at the listing I just made. I scheduled none of that. And it keeps going on every listing I own without me opening the app again. Traffic arriving, and then this. Orders for a file nobody designed in a niche I did not choose with a listing I did not write, marketed by something I did not set up. And I’m not going to pretend that listing and that sale happened in the same breath. They did not. What this shows you is that the thing it makes is the thing people buy. What you are also not doing is waiting and hoping. Listings index quickly, and the traffic goes out the same day you publish. So, you are not sitting there wondering if the marketplace noticed you. That is the whole business, and every part of it happened on that screen. And here is the part I want you to look at hardest. That is not one product carrying a shop. That is money from lots of products at once, and most were never anybody’s favorite. You cannot pick winners in advance. Nobody can. Which is why this works. You are not betting on one idea. You are putting out enough that you do not have to be right. Let me say plainly what just happened. Agent one decided what to sell. Agent two built it. Agent three listed it and put it live. Agent four got the buyers, and the money turned up. I picked a niche off a list and picked a look I liked. That is everything I did. And here is the whole list of what you need. A free marketplace account, which takes about four minutes to open. No stock, no ad budget, no audience, no followers, nothing to install, and no money at risk beyond what you pay for this once. There is a thought in your head right now, and I would rather say it than let it sit there. Of course, it looked easy. He built a thing. Fair. So, count the decisions I made. I picked a niche off a ranked list. I picked one of four looks. Neither needed anything I know that you do not. And the other half of that thought is, yes, my shop already existed. It started as the same free account and the same empty page yours will. There is no skill I used in there that is not a sales line. It is just what you watched. So, why this and not the other things you have been pitched? Drop shipping wanted add money before you had earned any. And eight or nine in 10 new stores fail in year one. Affiliate marketing wanted an audience, a job you do first unpaid for months before the job starts. A faceless channel wanted a video a day for a year into silence before the algorithm notices you. E-commerce wanted stock up front that made you customer service when a parcel goes missing. Agency work wants you wants you delivering everything you sell forever. And every one of them stops paying the day you stop working. This one does not because nobody has to show up or a file to sell. And none of this is theory. Look at who is already doing it. Real shops each selling files. 900,000 sales, 800,000, half a million. Uh, those counters are public. Check any of them in 10 seconds. Those are the giants. Uh, so here is the first wrong instead. Brand new shop from scratch. Month one, $185. Month four, past a thousand a month published on his own website. So, here is why people build these. Say you price one at $20. Count could be five, could be 97. After the marketplace cut, you keep about 1850. I nothing manufactured, nothing shipped, nothing to restock. 15 a month, 180 a year all leave at once. And here is where people get the sum wrong. That is not 180 sales. What is 180 things that can each sell any number of times. You are not chasing sales one at a time. You are building a shelf and the shelf never runs out of stock. Ask anybody who quit selling digital products why not one says the product was bad. They all say the same sentence. I listed it and nothing happened. And the fix is not a secret. Read any guide for printable sellers. Three to five pins per product one a day every day. Free guides, short video. None of it is clever. It is just relentless. Which is why almost nobody keeps it up past week three and they are your own accounts. Brand new is fine. Nobody needs to follow you because pins get found by what is in them. So here is everything you are getting. Eight product categories, wall art, planners, digital planners, templates, invitations, kids and education, reports and guides and craft files. 15 products a month, two shops connected and the traffic agent running all seven channels on every listing you own. Full commercial rights so you price it how you like and keep all of it. Nothing to install and it runs on a laptop or a phone. Now owning the machine is one thing, knowing how to turn it into money is another. So you are also getting the Red Carpet Live Profit Workshop, not recorded modules you will never open. One live session on screen walking the whole thing. Which niches are paying now, how many to list before you judge anything, how to price instead of guessing, live with questions. Plus 30 niches we have already researched. The listing patterns that get found. A private community comparing what is selling and a one-page checklist for your first month. All of it comes off after launch. That is what founding member means. So price. A designer is 25 to 150 dollars an hour. A Pinterest assistant is 600 to 3,000 a month. You are getting both jobs done plus the research, the listings, the trainings, and the bonuses, not 500 cuz it is launch week and we would rather have thousands of people using this and getting results than a few hundred customers and a bigger margin. It is also why the price climbs across the week and moves to monthly afterwards and you are covered for 14 days. Let me be straight about what 14 days is for. It is not long enough to judge just shop and I’m not going to stand here and suggest otherwise. It is more than long enough to judge this. Get in tonight, make a product, open the files and look at them the way a buyer would. Push one live, watch the traffic switch on, come to the workshop and ask whatever you want. Do that and you will know whether what this makes is worth selling. That is the only question 14 days has to answer. And if the answer is no, one ticket and you get your money back. No justification, no awkward conversation, everything you made stays yours. Go back to that screen for a second. Somebody made a file. They did not design it, write the listing, or market it. People bought it anyway and bought it again. Every other thing you have been sold wanted you to become somebody else first. This one wants you to pick a niche and pick a look and it does not stop earning the day you stop working because a file does not know what day it is. Everything you just watched, plus the training, the bonuses, and 14 days to change your mind. The only thing standing between you and this was that somebody had to make the file. Not anymore. Click the button below and go and make your first one.

    Mhm.

  • 09/29/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    Jake and team, thank you so much for prepared remarks. Cameron, you probably saw we have folks from all over the country today, which is fantastic. I’m curious on the folks that are having audio issues if you can hear us now. Um, if not, you won’t be able to hear this, but I dropped details in chat. Um, so let us know if you’re still facing that issue. For all folks on the line, we will send um the recording to all registrants, so you’ll have that as well. Uh, Robbie Robbie mentioned audio is very quiet if you turn volume level low. Okay, awesome. Looks like we got some folks clear here, which is great. Uh, feel free to drop any and all questions in chat. This is your time. We want to be sure that you if you’re confident in choosing to invest on arrived or not. Also, I will call out too, we currently have a $25 credit offering. So, this is for new folks. Um, you have to have a new account and then connect your bank account to arrive and then attend one of these webinars. Um, and then you’ve if you’ve not received a credit before, you’ll receive a $25 credit post webinar. So, definitely take a peek. I dropped a handout at the beginning of the webinar for your for you all to take a look at. But Cameron, you’re the most important part here. What are you sipping on this morning? I have coffee. It is. It is uh cloudy season in Seattle now. So, definitely have to be on my second cup. Absolutely. I’m I’m not letting go of iced coffee quite yet. So, we will see uh how long I last, but it definitely is quite drizzly in Seattle today. But, all right. Feel free to drop any on and all questions. Cameron, maybe the first one we go through um is how fees operate on arrived investments and then maybe we’ll jump into liquidity. We covered both in prepared remarks, but I feel like those are typically our top two questions that we get. Yeah, sure thing. So, the general fee framework arrive at arrived um you know there’s variations depending on the product, but there’s really uh two primary types of fees. The first one is called a sourcing fee. So, as we procure assets and whittle down the market from everything you could possibly invest in in real estate down to the very uh specific and select investments that we uh underwrite and that we transact, we go under contract with, we do all of the due diligence um and most of the time that we’re putting up the money and purchasing it before investors are even uh having to come in. So, we derisk um a lot of that upfront procurement process. that sourcing fee, you know, ranges on different products, but for properties, it’s about 3.5% of the purchase price of the home. So, for every $100,000, then that would be a $3,500 charge on the sourcing fee. And, you know, that accrudes all to the investment. So, it’s not like you, the investor, are paying a single, you know, portion of that. It’s whatever prata um of that. So, if you’re buying a $100 shares, then, you know, it’s it’s scaled down to that amount. And then on the back end there is ongoing management and monetization of that asset on a recurring basis. Um so the asset management fee it comes out to about6% of the purchase price of the property per year. So on that same $100,000 investment then it would be about $600 per year that is taken out from that and that is for really the experience of being completely passive in the investment. So we take care of all the monetization. Uh every asset sits within an LLC. So there’s a lot of entity administration. It pays for um also like the tax statements at the end of the year. And really just you know you invest your money, you get your dividends and the the returns and then you get a tax statement um at the beginning of that uh tax year. So really that that whole experience of active to passive um is what that asset management fee is for. And again different products with different fee schedules, but that is the general framework of you know a onetime sourcing fee up front and then a recurring smaller management fee on the back end to go active to passive. Fantastic. All right. Okay. And I dropped an FAQ um in chat too on how fees work and then we outline all fees on each and every offering page for all investments under the financial section. All right, moving back over a good one from Brent. So you go to connect account and then it’s automatic, etc. before we kind of decide our investments. Good question. So um in prepared remarks, I think Cameron we mentioned or Jake said that it takes roughly 4 minutes to create a new account. From there, Brent, you can go to our invest page and choose which investments that you’d like to invest in, but it’s entirely up to you. I know for new accounts, we are also offering um a diversification option, which essentially invests a certain dollar amount into all investments on a ride, and it’s instantly diversified, but essentially, it’s up to you to decide which investments you would like to invest in. All right, moving back over here. A good one from Abraham. It sounds like our audio is working too, which I love to hear. Uh, how much do I have to invest to make a monthly steady income of $500? Yeah. So, you know, the answer is going to vary depending on which product, but our most um income and dividend heavy product are our credit funds. So, historically, it’s paid out around 8% on the credit funds. So, let’s do some back of the envelope math. So, let’s say that uh you want steady income of $500 per month. So on an annual basis, you’ll be looking at about $6,000 per year. And if you’re monetizing at a rate of 8%, then you would take the inverse of that to be a multiplier of how much principle would you need to invest to get that type of a return. So the inverse of 8% is 12.5. So if we take 6,000 * 12.5, then we’re at $75,000. So, if you were to make a $75,000 investment into the credit funds, that would generate on a stabilized basis around that $500 uh monthly income that you’re looking for. Caveat, any different uh type of investment product, it will be subject to kind of the es and flows of the market as well as what the composition of that fund’s assets are. So, it can oscillate back and forth, but for some back in the napkin math, it’s that. And then if you were to invest in say our single family residential fund or various combinations of our individual properties, those monetize at about half the rate. So around 4% on the dividend yields. Uh rental homes do yield lower than credit products. But there is the expectation of a longerterm hold with appreciation that is tax advantage built into that. Um, so roughly if we double that and let’s say you were to generate $500 per month on properties, let’s say that you would need about $150,000 investment to be generating that income. But then over time, your portfolio will change with the change in property values and appreciation over time. And there’s also depreciation that is being taken out as well. Also there’s some tax advantages of investing in real estate versus credit uh instruments which you know is basically you become the bank where you lend money out and then uh real estate entrepreneurs who are doing groundup construction fix and flips etc. They are paying interest into the fund. So it’s interest income which doesn’t really have um those tax advantages that investing in depreciable property like an underlying rental home would have. So, the math is not quite that simple once you factor in taxes, which are a real impact. Uh, but with that said, if I were to back in the napkin math for you, about 75K into the credit funds or double that for pure property investments. Oh, you’re on mute. Perfect. Awesome. Thanks for walking through it, Cameron. Let us know if there’s any follow-up questions there. Happy to walk back through a great one in here. So, how long do you keep a property before selling it? And will that decision depend on market condition? Great questions. Yeah. So, you know, the north star on when we sell a property is really what delivers the highest irr, which is the internal rate of return or kind of the annualized return um during the holding period for investors. So, if we’re in a down market, we tend to not want to sell for a loss and like lock in that loss. So to the extent that we’re trying to maximize the IRR um while during that holding period that that’s our north star for a lot of properties we initially estimated about 5 to seven years and there’s a couple that we’ve sold um on the arrive platform um you know around in that time frame. Um but you know to the extent that we need to hold longer to wait for appreciation or if it’s more of a buyer market right now and more of a consolidation opportunity to to make investments but not sell then you know we would hold it longer. So there’s not a hard defined period where if it hits 10 years we absolutely have to sell. It’s really following that northstar of what is best for the investors in that property uh to make sure that they get the highest return that they can. So, we do look towards normal market signals of like when it when there’s a fast runup, then that would be more of the time to sell. Um, and if there’s, you know, a down market, it’s probably not the best time to sell. But there there is another solution in here cuz everything that I was talking about was at the property level liquidity. So, if we were to sell the property, say you and your thousand friends who are invested in that individual property, you know, we would close, we would wind down that one specific investment and then return all of the proceeds back to the investors. Um, there’s that other option where if you need to sell before the property is ready to be sold, let’s say that you wanted to redeploy cash somewhere else or there’s a life event where you want to pull out that cash to service that life event. Then there is investor level liquidity which is I think one of the really cool things about the arrive platform is that you can get your cash out of the investment um even without arrived selling the underlying property itself. So for individual properties we have the secondary market which functions much like a stock market like we’re famili like what we’re familiar with of buyers and sellers coming together to transact at an agreed upon price through a mechanism that kind of matches that interest. um in the in the investment. Um so there’s a minimum hold period of 6 months but once you clear that then you are able to uh participate in the secondary market to pull your money out. Um so that is uh I think a really great feature that gives flexibility to an asset class that traditionally doesn’t have that much flexibility. Uh you know real estate is a long-term hold in general it’s going to per perform better as a long-term hold. But with that said, life happens and you may need to pull your cash out. So we have that available for individual offerings. And then for all of our fund offerings, so whether it be the real estate income fund, the single family residential fund, our Seattle city fund, any of those funds, we have the redemption program, uh, where on a quarterly basis, the price of the shares, they get revalued and then arrived will serve as the intermediary to cash out those shares for you. So, if you bought in at $10 and let’s say that a fund is now at $10.50 and you decide, well, I need to pull my money out, then you submit for that redemption request and then in that quarter period, Arrived will fill that order. Uh, to my knowledge, we’ve been able to fill 100% of orders in all of our history. So, that liquidity is real. It’s not just a uh, you know, a marketing slogan. And then in our secondary market, um, I believe the overwhelming majority of orders, they usually find a match with them. So if you need to exit then you know we have mechanisms both for individual offerings and uh fund offerings uh but yeah you know the hold period for properties they vary with that northstar of let’s make sure each individual investor gets um the highest return that we can that you know our that our judgment is based on. Fantastic. All right and I’ll move back over here. Another one from Abraham. I can take this one really quickly, but Cameron just walked through how liquidity operates for all funds. So, the redemption program applies to Seattle City Fund, uh, real estate income fund, and single family residential funds. The secondary market is only for individual properties, so long-term rentals and vacation rentals. The one call out here is minimum investment for all or minimum hold period for all investments on arrived is 6 months. But I just want to call out that it’s quarterly redemption windows. So I shared an example or shared an FAQ rather on what those dates look like. So once you’ve hit that six months for any new investment then it becomes eligible to submit for a redemption but then it’s within the quarter. So it can be longer that you are not having access to those funds. So I like to mention that so there’s zero surprises if you should need to redeem um your funds at any time. So I dropped that FAQ just for a little more insight there. But let us know if there’s any other questions. Happy to walk through it. Um I’ll also say with once you invest like Abraham, let’s say you invest in reef or um SCF this month and then you do one next month and then the following. You can go into your investments and see those dates for eligibility as well. And then it’ll have a green check mark u once it is eligible. Lots of details there, but let us know if there’s any followup. Happy to walk through it. Kelly had asked, um, please explain the credit fund in a little more detail. Again, when we’re referencing credit, that is our real estate income fund. So, I’ll kick it over to you, Cameron. Yeah. Yeah. Great question. So, uh, let’s let’s take let’s take this question in in two parts. First, a fund versus an individual offering, just so we’re kind of, um, clear on the mechanics of that. And then I’ll explain credit versus a rental homes. So on the individual investment, uh let’s say that we take one house that’s 300K and then we’re putting it into its own contained investment. So we we create arrived Main Street LLC that is the title holder to that property and it is one contained uh investment where we’ll fund 300K into that property. So you you and your thousand friends will will fund that investment and then it becomes closed. So no more investment coming into it, no more dollars coming into it, no more assets coming into it. it is one LLC with one property and a thousand people that are invested in in that property and you’re kind of co-owning that home for the life of the asset. Uh a fund is and more specifically an evergreen fund is an investment vehicle where there’s one LLC and then there’s a lot of assets in there and then there’s a lot of investors in there and you can keep investing 24/7 all day all night 365 days a year and it’s and that’s why it’s called evergreen because it’s always it’s always open to take investment and as we get more cash into those funds then we deploy them into assets. So we’ll be purchasing rental homes or we’ll be purchasing credit assets. Okay. So that’s first the difference between the individual offering that we have versus the evergreen funds uh that are open the three that Karin had mentioned. Okay. So now let’s talk about credit versus rental homes because this gets to the heart of what is the a what are the assets within each of those vehicles and how do investors earn dividends off of that. So when we say a credit fund like the real estate income fund, which it is, we’re saying that the underlying assets are credit-based investments. So a real tangible way to imagine this is that we are buying loans from different originators that work with real estate entrepreneurs. So let’s say that there’s a local developer out there who’s building up a five unit uh you know, he he bought a 2acre parcel and he’s putting five houses on there. So developers uh almost always borrow to be able to build homes because they’re super capital intensive, but this is good collateral. They’re, you know, their homes, right? You know, it’s it’s it’s not that it’s not a risky venture, but it’s, you know, different than like an automobile loan or a credit card loan. You know, those those have a lot more risk involved in that. So the originators or the lenders as you know and banks are also originators you know for mortgages but in the the niche that we’re playing in is really uh real estate entrepreneurial ventures where it’s groundup construction or fix and flips and really just adding inventory to the market. So the underlying security of these loans are the homes themselves, right? The parcel of land with the building going up on it. So, we purchase these loans from the originators because these originators, they’re not in the business usually of holding all the loans because that’s capital intensive. You need a you need a lot of money to be able to support the loan. What they do is they find borrowers, builders, flippers who are in need of the money. And they create the terms of the borrowing and they say, “Okay, here’s your loan on closing day. Those five properties, that’s going to be a $2 million project. we’re going to lend you $1.5 million on this. So they they issue the loan for $1.5 million and then arrived. We have relationships with originators where we are purchasing those loans because we need to we we buy that for the we buy the $ 1.5 million loan and maybe it’s a uh 10% interest rate on that loan. So those originators, they want to recycle their capital because they want to keep issuing money to new borrowers for new projects because that’s the business they’re in. They’re not in the business of buying and holding for the interest. They’re out there making the relationships with the real estate entrepreneurs to issue the money. Then they want to recycle their capital. That’s how they make their money. So, we purchase those loans or those credit assets and hence kind of the heart of the question explaining the uh the credit fund in more detail. And as we’re purchasing all those loans from, you know, the $90 million now that we have in the real estate income fund, we’re buying that, we’re deploying all of that cash that investors are putting in, and we’re buying a lot of different notes or loans uh issued to these, and they’re all secured by the homes themselves and these different the the different projects uh from different borrowers. So, we create this diversified portfolio of loans all across the country, secured by different types of real estate with different borrowers. And then we’re getting paid interest into the fund because as the lender we are now entitled to collect the interest from those borrowers. So in a nutshell that’s how the credit fund works and what are the assets underneath and kind of the evergreen nature of it. But basically we’re receiving interest income and then we distribute that interest income out as dividends to the investors. So the um one of the initial questions was asked about creating steady income of $500 a month. Um, and I said, “Okay, let me give you an example using the credit fund.” That’s all supported by borrowers paying interest to the fund because we own the credit assets, which are the loans that support the dividends. And then once they finish their project, they will sell it on the open market. So, there’s a home buyer out there who wants to purchase the home. And then on closing day, they pay the loan back with interest and principal. Um, usually they make monthly payments. Sometimes they’re deferred, but they’re paying the principal back. And then that’s when we recycle the money back to buy the next loan. And that and that’s how it works. Um very much like any other type of fund. And we have other funds out there that are more supported by properties. So as investors are putting cash into the single family residential fund and the Seattle City fund. We’re taking the cash that investors are putting in and then we’re buying assets with them. So in that case we’re generating rental income and we can also put some credit assets in there. So, a lot of our funds, they also have credit to kind of boost the yield a little bit um as a cash management strategy. But that’s really the core difference between say a credit fund and a real estate income or and and then a real estate fund uh is just what are the assets in the fund that support the cash flow and then the growth of the share values. Um credit funds, we don’t really have the expectation of appreciation because we’re only entitled to our principal back, right? So if we lend that $ 1.5 million, somebody pays, you know, 10% interest for a year and then pays the 1.5 million back. There’s no appreciation on that 1.5 million. It all all the returns come back in the form of interest payments and then we issue those out to investors. So hopefully that was a uh that explored the mechanics of of what you were looking to understand, but if there’s other questions, please let me know. Fantastic. Always very well in depth. All right, moving back over here. A good one from Tina. There’s a couple different ways to answer it. What is the lowest and highest investments? I dropped some details in chat. Uh, essentially the lowest investment across all offerings is $100 and then the max is 9.8% of the equity available in those offerings, but there’s no max to the number of investments you can make. So, for example, our individual properties, it’s going to be a lower amount because of due to that 9.8%, 8% but you could max in multiple properties at one time. For our uh fund investments, the max is much larger given all the funds that are available there. So, it really depends on um the funds you want to allocate and what you want to do. Cameron, maybe we talk about the why behind that 9.8%. Yeah. So, almost all of our investments are are registered as uh real estate investment trusts. So REITs and the reason to do that a REIT is just a tax designation. So what it allows you to do is to create what is traditionally two layers of taxation in like a company structure where first the profits of the company get taxed and then the distributions to the investor get taxed. A real estate investment trust collapses that into one pass through tax treatment that has the connection with the investor to to make and that was kind of words but like abstract like what does that mean? So let me give you a quick example. Let’s say that there was a rental property in California and you live in Texas. So in California, we all know that there’s state income tax there, and that applies both to individuals as well as to entities that are, you know, making profit. But in Texas, there’s there’s no state income tax. So if the investment, the LLC that’s held in California is structured as a real estate investment trust, then any profits that are generated there, they pass through to the investor tax-free. So the first part where I said is if the entity has a tax obligation and it and it’s in California, it can avoid that and it can go straight to the investor who lives in Texas and then you escape state income tax that California would have had a claim on um had it not been uh registered as a real estate investment trust. One of those rules though is that there can be um there has to be a 100 minimum shareholders in any real estate investment trust. So the way that we make sure that each one of our investments meets that hurdle is that we have to cap the amount that any one investor can own. Because imagine that you know there were 30 people who really liked investment. They’re like I’m going to make larger investments because I just really like this one. the that’s great that they love it, but the problem is at the entity level, it wouldn’t qualify for real estate investment trust tax treatment, which is one of the keys to making our model work as real estate investment trust to be able to pass on the um tax advantage nature of having reinvestments. So that that is one of the primary reasons why we do limit it to 9.8%. um and and and why we qualify them as real estate investment trusts. Fantastic. Awesome. Thanks for walking through it, Cameron. Let us know if there’s any questions there. Happy to resurface. All right, moving back over here. Uh does one in does one investment in a particular property or sorry does one invest in a particular property or the investment is distributed across arrived larger portfolio. In that regard can one deduct uh that the return you advertise depends on the specific property performance or arrived overall performance across all portfolio compounded together. Sorry, it was wordy and I needed to slow down a little bit. Yep. Yep. For sure. Um so there’s really two different types of investments that we have on arrived. One is a fund and one is an individual offering. So you know to to your question about does one investment spread over many properties in a fund that is the case. So in our single family residential fund for example we have 56 properties. So you can still make a $100 investment into that which is great to be able to have beneficial ownership of 56 different properties. Now, it is a smaller percentage, right? Because that fund is over $20 million of capital in there. Um, so $100 investment is a small percentage of that. But nonetheless, the cash flows and the performance are supported by those 56 different homes. It’s just chopped up into much smaller pieces. Um, on the other hand, if you have an individual offering, those are self-contained because you are a shareholder in that company that is on the title for the property. That’s how the whole fractional model works is we spin up a company, call it Arrive Main Street LLC, and then the title holder to 123 Main Street is Arrive Main Street LLC. So, you’re a shareholder in that one company, but one company only. So if you do really great on that property, but then there’s another property that just does average, it’s not a, you know, and and and you don’t own that other property, it’s not averaged as part of your total return. Those are self-contained. The only kind of sharing across different assets is when you invest in a fund and then you then you get the the benefit of spreading out your investment across all of those different assets. Um, so it’s really at the product level that determines the answer to your question of are returns distributed over a pool of assets or are they self-contained. Fantastic. Awesome. And I dropped a FAQ or a blog post where you can see all those different investments, but I’ll say to the in our invest page is a great place to go take a look at it because you’re able to see all the different funds in there, the individual properties, and take a look for further detail. All right, a good one from Christopher. I answered in chat, but always good to chat live. Will there be more vacation rentals soon? Yeah, you know, it’s an asset class that has gone through a lot of changes over the last four years, and I’m happy to say that we have internalized the management of 32 out of our 40 uh vacation rentals. Long story short, the industry grew a lot during the pandemic era. Um, and there were just a lot of property managers that weren’t up to our standards in performance. So over the years, we’ve gone from eight different property managers in around 18 markets down to two property managers, ourselves and one other property manager in the Scottsdale, Phoenix area that we really like that has great results and you know, we’re very happy with um that company’s performance, but we’ve internalized most of ours. So I I the direct answer to your question is we are still in a phase of um internalizing, stabilizing, and getting our own operations. uh we feel that we’re much more aligned with our own investors whereas the property managers that we had before um again they just weren’t up to our standards. So as we finish stabilizing those out re make reinvestments into those and then really kind of rehabilitate their performance then I think um more vacation rentals is on the table uh where you know we can look at really unique experiences. I one of our most successful investments on arrived ever is a vacation rental um that was internalized fully by us and it’s uh we we call it the buyer’s house but what it is is the actual house used in the filming of the first three seasons of Stranger Things. It’s where Will Buyers and and his family lived and that as a vacation rental experience has been just a a wild success. So we have people from all over the world who actually specifically come to the US to go stay in that house and then they you know they go on a kind of movie and media tour but um you know it’s been a super successful vacation rental. So we’re eyeing those types of um you know kind of IP brand intellectual property branded and like really unique vacation rentals um because that’s where we think the the best investments are. Uh but those are also more deliberate. They’re a little bit rarer in opportunity, but now that we have our vacation rentals largely internalized and managed, I think that expands the range of flexibility that we have in making additional investments. So, you know, it’s a little bit quiet right now as an asset class, but it’s definitely a core of what we do here at Arrived, especially because we internalize the property management of those. Um, so look out in the future, but right now we’re still um repairing the existing uh 32 out of those 40. Absolutely. It’s been a massive overhaul. Huge kudos Cameron to you and the team for all the operational behind the scenes. As we know, vacation rentals are their own beasts in terms of how active they are. It’s another uh if we weren’t making changes, that’s when I would be concerned. So, it’s awesome to see everything the team’s done over the years. I’ll say too for any fully funded property, so that means that you can no longer invest in them. All of the equity has been purchased. The properties can become available again on the secondary market. So to access the secondary market, investors must have made their first investment at least 60 days before the start of the trading window. So if it’s right on the cusp there, it will have to be before uh that 60 days to be eligible. I mentioned that because I saw folks asking um about investments um in Florida and Georgia, which are two um states that we currently have investments in. They can become available again on the secondary market. But Cameron, thoughts on expanding to more properties uh in Florida or Georgia? Yeah, so I think with Florida, you nailed it with the the insurance costs. When when we first started and and made our investments into Jacksonville, uh insurance costs were running somewhere around 80.8% 80 basis points to 1% and since then have gone to over 2.4%. uh is basically like paying another expensive property tax. So on long-term rentals, the issue has been um making the dividend yields work and and the rental economics work with really high uh insurance costs, and we just haven’t found that it’s been worth it to um ma make that offering. I will say though that Jacksonville is a bit of an anomaly. To my knowledge, it’s it’s the one major city in Florida that actually doesn’t get directly hit by hurricanes. Um so I do think that there’s potential and and and possibility there um for the future where we have more investments is actually on the vacation rental side. The reason why it can work there despite being subject to high insurance costs as well is that the monetization is higher. The cash flow is higher. So if you have we have uh beach market rentals in u Panama City Beach for example. There are some in the Tampa area and those can work out because we generate enough rental income through uh vacation rentals to be able to offset the high insurance costs. With long-term rentals, you don’t have quite that flexibility because you’re kind of moving within a range of like 1,500 bucks to 2,200 bucks a month for long-term rentals. And when you have an insurance cost that is $8,000 be because, you know, on a on a $300,000 asset, you can uh really rack up an $8,000 insurance bill. Like the the the cash flow just hasn’t worked out there. Um so vacation rentals, yeah, I mean, we already have a presence there. We’re internally managed. We could expand there. I think long-term rentals is going to be tougher, especially because insurance is an annual contract. So if rates go up, like there’s not much you can do. Like you can’t lock in your rate for like 10 years and say like, “Okay, I’m I’ll locking it in like a mortgage.” Insurance is just is repriced every year and you can’t do anything about it. So it’s one of the additional reasons to not make that bet when you’ve seen an increasing cost and to subject yourself to a changing insurance contract every year. Maybe it goes up to three, maybe comes back down. And if it does come back down and the insurance industry repairs itself and distributes its costs in a different way, sure, that’s back on the table because it’s certainly a high growth state. There’s no state income tax. A lot of people move there. There’s a lot of reasons to be attracted to Florida, but insurance is the absolute killer. Um, at least on the long-term rental side in that market. Definitely. Yeah. Thanks for walking through it. Uh, for Tina and folks on the line, feel free to drop specific markets with within those states. Cameron’s the best one to hear it and we’re happy to share with our team as well. All right, it looks like I believe we walk through this in prepared remarks, but always a good one to walk through our conviction and the investments we have. Uh do you uh can you share Cameron why we have great conviction in single family residential properties as a whole? Yeah. So, so primarily, you know, to date we have been single family residential oriented. I would say it is not the only asset that we’ve invested in. It is not the only investment that we will uh invest in. In fact, we’re actively looking to uh different asset classes right now. But the reason that we had the strongest conviction in it is that it’s a really good blend of a couple things. So, first, you can monetize it and uh still get, you know, some good appreciation on it over, you know, over your holding period. Real estate is one of the few assets that actually appreciates and it’s not the building itself. It’s actually the land, right? land appreciates building they but the value of a home goes up because land becomes more valuable. So there’s there’s that reason where you can monetize it and that really keeps you in the game for a long period of time because as you’re monetizing you can you can continue to earn income that’s tax advantaged and wait for the right cycle to then capitalize on appreciation. two, it’s one of the most uh lendable assets that there that there is in America. We have all these different government agencies and banking infrastructure that supports borrowing against those properties. So, you know, it’s it retains its value and appreciates. It creates income. It’s tax advantaged. It’s highly lendable. It’s highly liquid. You know, with all things considered within real estate, you know, you compare that to a skyscraper. there’s not many participants in the market who are going to buy a skyscraper, you know. So, so commercial property has much much lower liquidity like buyers and sellers um that transact. U so if you had to sell at a discount like sometimes you hear about these office buildings that used to be $100 million that are now selling for like $22 million some some insane discount uh because there’s there’s no liquidity in that type of a market. There’s just not as many participants. But then with single family residential, you basically have everybody kind of aspiring to that American dream of home ownership and it’s lendable and you want to live somewhere and there’s neighborhoods being built and it’s a smaller price point where you can buy a $250 to $400,000 house and borrow against it. So there’s all these reasons why as an asset class there’s just so many structural advantages for investing in it. Um, so that’s really like the core nucleus of what we build, you know, like what where we have investors build their asset portfolio around. But then as we expand and as we’re also navigating different cycles, well, you know, we brought in credit assets for stronger income because that as interest rates went up in late 2022 and throughout 2023, we needed a new investment product that could compete with higher rates that you could get at the bank through money market funds or or certificates of deposit. So, we’re always evolving um on the products that we’re offering and they’re they’re, you know, really grounded in real estate. Uh but different cycles are going to have different uh plays that are more creative and we’re incrementally layering on those different asset classes that give investors that access to it. You know, we added vacation rentals, we have credit assets now, and we have um multif family investments that we put into the Seattle City Fund and we’re looking to expand uh that as well. So, I think that we’re very nimble when it comes to well, what makes the most sense in the moment, but we still have a strong core conviction that the single family residential asset class for the reasons I just described are kind of that core nucleus of what is a solid real estate portfolio that you can feel good about and hold on to for a long time and then layer in the other things. Fantastic. All right, we have one last question before we shut our virtual doors today. One from Ro. Uh, they just invested in our first Las Vegas property, Cameron, um, the Sophie. Will there be more Las Vegas properties offered in the future? Yeah, definitely. So, I I actually used to live in Las Vegas. I live in Seattle now, but I lived in Las Vegas right before. And I think it is structurally a really great market. Um, so my answer is a strong yes, there will be more properties offered in Las Vegas. It’s more of a timing issue and the right opportunity issue. And I do sense that because it’s a little bit more of a buyer market, there’s some good accumulation opportunities right now. California, its neighbor, is such a strong economic center with such high real estate values that I think that’s going to support the Las Vegas market for a long time. One of Las Vegas’s problems is that it has a very uh discretionary based economy, right? It’s tourism. It’s where people go to have fun. And when the economy is great, Vegas is ripping. when the economy is down and people don’t have much, you know, money to go spend, the the core economy of Vegas itself suffers a little bit. Um, so it’s really kind of a bifurcated market where like a lot of the working class in Vegas, um, you know, that they can they can be in a bit of a a slump, but where I think there’s structural demand is that cost of living disparity between California and Nevada or, you know, Las Vegas. Los Angeles is only a 3 and 1 half to 4 hour drive away. And what a lot of people do as they age in a retirement and they don’t, you know, need to make money anymore in California, they sell their property, they move to Vegas and they kind of have an arbitrage on the quality of life. There’s also no state income tax in in Nevada. So, there’s kind of a a theme that we have in investing with like, well, when there’s no state income tax, that’s a natural, very strong structural reason to encourage people to to move there. Uh, so I feel great about Las Vegas. I think it’ll be a strong market. It’s it’s kind of constrained too from a geography perspective. Like there’s mountains all around it. So there’s only so much area that you can really build around. Um so you know we expect values to appreciate in the long term. Um and there’s plenty of wealth in its neighbor that support the the home values there. Um so I think it’s a great market, but like with all things real estate timing related, um you can feel great about a market, but it may not always be the right time. But I do sense that um ve with with Vegas particularly there there’s good buying opportunities. So I would look out for more and especially since the Sophie did quite well at least up well that you know that’s it’s good validation on it. Um so keep your eyes out for more in the Vegas area. Absolutely. Yeah. So appreciate the interest there. Um we’re grateful to have you on board as an investor now too. All right Cameron, any closing remarks before we shut our virtual webinar doors today? always uh fun and happy to do these webinars. Love the questions. Um you know I think Arrived is just such a great solution for a real problem in the market. When when we first started this company it was really built on this one stat. Um there were 67 or nearly 70% of people had identified in a survey that um they thought that real estate was the best way to acrue wealth and kind of build a solid foundation for their portfolio over a long period of time. And you contrast that with what percent of people owned investment real estate and it was some small single-digit numbers like 6 or 7%. So there’s really this huge dislocation of market where a lot of people want to own real estate and very few people are able to because you need time, capital, expertise in being able to do it um well. So you know I think arrived is just such a great solution for that particular um you know need and and want to invest in real estate but not really having the means to. So, um, you know, we have a great platform and a great investment thesis and it and it’s only going to build from here. So, um, I think it’s just such a cool business model and always appreciate everybody’s interest in in what we’re doing here as well as all the questions on the webinar. Absolutely. Well, Cameron, thank you for all the time spent in hundreds of webinars over the years for building products that investors believe in and placing all your trust in arrived and seeing investors place trust in arrived as well. So, uh, we wouldn’t be where we are today without your, uh, DNA woven into all of the investments that are on Arrive. So, I’m very grateful to have had the opportunity to work together for so long. Um, but one last question here from Tina before we close our virtual doors. Again, we can’t make recommendations because we’re not registered adviserss, but we can always share details here. So, where would you recommend a new investor start? Yep. So I do have a general answer for this. Um and I and I want to try to make it a little bit more um you know not not just like oh blah blah diversifi you know uh but there there is definitely some elements to diversifying. So, you know, I would say both get a couple of properties uh just to mitigate some of the risk that is involved with say rental operations because as we as we think about the idea of diversification that can apply in a lot of different ways. It can mean geographic diversity, it can mean tenant diversity. So I would I would say like everybody’s got opinions and everybody has strong beliefs, but there is some element of diversification that does kind of help protect the the rockiness of investing in any one single investment. This applies to stocks, this applies to homes, this applies to really anything that you’re going to invest in. But the main thing that I would say is be aware that there is a very strong rental operation volatility that can exist even within the same market. So, if you have a really strong conviction to invest in Tennessee, as an example, and you know, Knoxville specifically, I would say make those Knoxville investments, but don’t put all your eggs in that one Knoxville home. You know, if you’re going to if you’re going to invest 200 bucks, spread it out over two homes just because if one tenant is not paying or there’s a move out, your other one can help, you know, help continue the stream. Um, even better is the single family residential fund. That is a great starting investment in the sense that it does help you diversify across those 56 properties and can um serve as kind of a buffer on the volatility in any one investment. So on one hand I say diversify but more so for the the volatility reason of just real operations of people moving in moving out falling under hardship and not being able to pay. But on the other hand, have conviction and invest in what you believe in because most importantly, you need to be able to stay in this for the long run, right? Real estate, you want to be able to hold for a long-term investment. It’s generally going to perform over a longer period of time. In the past, I’ve traded my way out of profits when like I was trading stocks and I was like too active and I was like, “Oh, I’m, you know, just kind of chasing random headlines.” I always lost money doing that. If I had conviction in the things that I was like, “Yeah, I should just invest in that.” and I kind of set it and forget it and looked away, I would have done a lot better, just like my own personal investing journey. So, I say all that to say you have to be able to sleep at night and hold things for the long term because that’s generally how you’re going to be able to get better returns in something and you’re only going to be able to hold it longterm if you really believe in it. So, that’s why I would say invest in what you believe in, but get a little bit of diversification just to absorb the volatility of like real life operations. Um, that’s my general advice and we have a lot of different products, right? So you you know you have rentals, you have credit that we talked about. I think credit is an awesome product just because it it’s it’s interest. It’s secured. Um and there’s a lot of great things about it. It’s a little bit less known because this as an opportunity has not always been available to people. Um it’s usually an accredited investor only type of um investment. So I think it’s so cool that Arrived has been able to turn credit assets into an investable fund that like is significantly higher than what you’d be earning from a bank. Um, so you know, if your if your focus is on like highest income possible, I would look towards credit investments. If your goal is, hey, you’re interested in um, you know, doing the fractional landlording and being passive in it and owning properties, then diversify a little bit, but invest in something you really believe in. Absolutely. Yeah, Cameron, thanks so much for walking through it. And again, we’re not registered adviserss, so we can’t give specific advice as it there’s a lot of different details in there. That said, we are potentially working on ways where we’re unlocking options and uh being able to give more details. So, more to come there, but very excited. Uh Cameron, thank you again for walking through every single question that came in in great detail. For all the folks that spend an hour nine with us on your Tuesday morning and afternoon, so appreciate you all. Fantastic engagement, wonderful questions. You can always join these webinars. are typically Tuesdays at 9:00 a.m. PT to jump into. Uh if any if you have any other questions that come up, feel free to reach out to supportaride.com. You can also use our chat function in the bottom righthand corner of our platform. We’re live on all social channels. The one that’s most community- based would be our subreddit, so you can jump in there as well. Uh but I’m seeing lots of great Tina, um Brent, and others in in chat saying thank you. Well, thank you. We wouldn’t be here without all of you. So, happy investing and hope you have a great rest of your day. All right. Thanks everyone. Thanks Karen. Bye.

  • 09/29/2026 – Alliant Webinar – The Good, The Bad And The Ugly – Annuities

    Okay, sorry for the technical difficulties. Can somebody just give me a thumbs up or a that you can hear me? Or put something in the chat that you can hear me okay?

    Yes, okay, perfect. Okay, well, sorry for the technical difficulty. Of course, IT doesn’t check with me in terms of when when we need to do a software update. But anyway, so we’ll get started. Thanks for your patience. My name is Kim Kennedy and I am one of the financial consultants with Alliant. You should be able to see the screen now. Let me just get this I’m going to just take this off. This out of the way. Okay, so we get the question often do Malcolm and I really work for the credit union and we do. We happen to work in the Alliant Retirement and Investment Services division of Alliant. We are both located in Denver. We have offices in the tech center and out on the west side of town in Lakewood. If you’re joining from another state or would prefer a virtual appointment, we’re we’re good at that and we’re happy to do that for you. I’m going to be walking you through the details of the annuities presentation today. You will get a follow-up communication from either Malcolm or I. But if you have any questions during the presentation, enter them in the chat and I’ll be sure to take all of those questions at the end. So we have a couple upcoming webinars. The next one is October 8th, which is a Thursday and it’s called seven principles for a successful retirement. Just the various different categories that you need to think about as you’re preparing to retire. So if that’s an interest to you, watch for the emails and sign up. And then we have a Roth IRA conversion webinar on Tuesday, October 20th. Roth IRA conversions get lots of talk. So, just understanding how that works and the timing of that and the tax implications. So, again, take a look for that. Um and we have some other educational resources. Malcolm and I aren’t the only consultants doing webinars. Our colleagues also are doing webinars across the country. So, if you go to our webpage, aristotlecu.com, and click on the events page, you can see all of those other webinars that are out there and you’re free to sign up for any of those that you like. We produce a in-house podcast and we store all those historical recordings out on our podcast page. So, if you’re looking for information on a specific topic, um check out that that spot. You might find something that is helpful to you. And last, and certainly not least, both our website and our blog both just have a host of information. So, again, if you’re trying to get smart on a specific financial topic, that might be a place that can help you do that. We recently partnered with a company called Trust&Will. And anybody who becomes a retirement or investment client with us, not just on the bank, but on the investment side, you have access to this Trust&Will company, which you can basically create an estate plan for free. And you can see on the slide there’s quite a few things that that includes. So, if that’s something you’re interested in, maybe that’s a an additional factor for selecting us to as your advisors. Um okay, so we’re going to jump in and get started since I’m already late thanks to technology. The title of today’s presentation is called the good, the bad, the ugly with annuities. You know, what are they and who would want one? I’m I’m not going to be pitching a product. This is really educational. Annuities over the years have gotten a terrible reputation, but they’ve really changed over the last decade. You know, the feds have stepped in and the regulators and they’ve really changed and there there might be one that’s of interest. So, let’s just jump in. Here’s our overview. What is an annuity? What are the different types? But I heard they’re bad. How does the taxation work? What’s in it for them? Do I get a free meal with that? How do I know if the annuity I have is any good? And can I get out of my existing annuity? And who can benefit from them? So, number one, what is an annuity? The definition is an annuity is simply a contract between you and an insurance company where you contribute money up front and then receive payments over a period of time. You can choose to receive those payments in a number of ways including a lump sum or an income stream that lasts your whole life. And some of the reasons people would actually buy an annuity is they’re looking for principal protection. They want a fixed rate of return. Maybe you’re looking for long-term growth. Perhaps you’re looking for long-term growth with some downside market protection. You need income for life. Or you’re looking for tax deferred growth.

    So, there’s a couple types. There’s immediate annuities and deferred annuities. An immediate annuity is funded with a single lump sum of money and in exchange for that, you get a guaranteed monthly payment. So, you give you give your pot of money to the insurance company and they run through an algorithm based on your age and they say, “Okay, well, we’ll give you X amount of money for the per month for the rest of your life.” That income is it’s an income now story. They usually start that income within 30 days of doing the immediate annuity and you get to choose how you receive that income. Do you want it over your lifetime or there are certain time frames, you know, 5, 10, 15 years that you can choose to receive that income. You’re able to use IRA and non-IRA monies to purchase an immediate annuity. And there’s something else out there called a QLAC and that stands for a qualified longevity annuity contract. So, this would be used for somebody that’s got a bunch of IRA money and it allows you to put some of your IRA money into the QLAC and it defers your required minimum distributions until age 85. Now, there’s a limit. The most you can put in is $210,000. On the deferred side of annuities, these are more focused on accumulation and income. And there’s several types: a fixed annuity, fixed index annuity, variable, and structured. So, let’s look at each of those. So, a fixed annuity is it provides you a guaranteed rate for a specific period of time, 3, 5, 7, or 10 years. Your money is principal protected. Interest earned is deferred until you withdraw the money. There’s no fee. Again, you can use IRA or non-IRA money. And if you uh pull out of the annuity before the end of the term, there’ll be a penalty. And all annuities um have an IRS penalty uh if you’re taking money out before the age of 59 and 1/2. So, the best example of a fixed annuity or comparison is it’s like a CD, right? Where you put money away for a certain period of time and they guarantee you an interest rate for that period of time. So, right now, I think Allianz paying 4.1 or 4.15 for a jumbo CD for 1 year. Fixed annuities, you know, the shortest term is usually 3 years. We have seen, due to the inflation caused primarily by the energy, we’ve seen interest rates tick up. So, I can get a five for $100,000 or more, if you can tie some money up for 5 years, I can get you in California a guaranteed interest rate of 5.8%and if you’re outside of California, 5.85%. So, yes, you have to be able to withstand some illiquidity on your money, but if you want to take advantage of why while interest rates are high and you can withstand that, um that those are great rates. I mean, we’re we’re approaching 6%again. Uh the difference though with a CD is you’re going to get a 1099 from Allianz in every January and you’re going to pay tax on the interest that you’ve earned. With a fixed annuity, that interest earned is deferred. So, let’s say you took money out of your savings account at Allianz and you bought one of these 5-year annuities that I’m giving you the example of, and you didn’t touch it and you waited for the 5 years; you’re not going to pay tax on any of that interest until you decide to take it out at the end of the 5 years. And if you don’t want to do that, you can pull the interest out along the way, and you’ll get a 1099. So, here’s an example of compounding. Obviously, the rates are really low on this slot this slide, but let’s just say for 5 years, uh you put in $100,000 at a 4%rate of return, you can see in 5 years that 100,000 would be about 122,000. Clearly, it would be more if you’re getting 5.8 or 5.85. The next type of deferred annuity is a fixed index annuity. These generally have time periods of 5, 7, or 10 years. These also are principal protected. You have your protected from any market downturn. Now, this type of annuity does not have a guaranteed interest rate, but the interest you earn is based on a market index like the S&P 500. You’re capped on the upside, meaning you’re you’re not going to get all of the market upside. You’re going to get a max. Um and there’s a reason for that, which I’ll explain in a minute. Same thing on the interest is tax deferred until you withdraw it, and there’s no fee on this, either, unless you decide to add an additional feature like income like a lifetime income or a death benefit, and those features come with a cost. So, let me explain it. So, let’s say today, you bought a fixed index annuity. So, the way it works is let’s say you put a hundred grand in today, today, they would take a snapshot of where the S&P 500 is. You would wait a whole year. Your account balance would not change for a whole year, but on your 1-year anniversary, they would take a snapshot of the S&P at that point. Let’s say the market was up 12%on your year. Well, you’re capped on the upside. Right now, the best rate I have is 10 and 1/2%. So, if the market’s up 12 in my example, you’re only going to get 10 and 1/2 of that, and that would be credited for year one. And then they do the same thing in year two. Let’s say the market was up eight, you get eight. But let’s say in year three, the market is down 25%. Well, you don’t get any interest earned in that third year. But more importantly, you do not lose a penny of what you put in or the interest you earned in the prior 2 years. So, the concept of a fixed index annuity is you are willing to accept part of the market gains in exchange for never taking a market loss. And here’s kind of a chart that explains that. So, in years one and two, you see how the the you locked in the gains. And then going into year three, you see the dotted line, that’s the market that went down. But you had the fixed annuity, so you stayed fixed index annuity, so you stayed level. Uh you do get to reset at that lower index value at year three, which, you know, without taking the the hit on the downside, you’ve got a really good opportunity for um making money on on the subsequent year. So, we definitely have seen rates come up on those. So, variable annuities is the next type, and this is usually the one that has caused the negative connotation with annuities. But these range from 3 to 10 years. You are able to invest in multiple stock and bond investments. What I mean by that, within one annuity, you might be able to pick a Vanguard fund, a Fidelity fund, a T. Rowe Price fund, an Invesco fund, all within one investment. You have risk to your principal based on the investment performance. So, you get all of the upside of those different investments, but you also get all of the downside of those investments. And with variable annuities, there’s a built-in death benefit. So, the way that works is let’s say you put in a hundred grand, and let’s say the market tanked and that hundred grand became fifty thousand dollars and you passed away, your beneficiary would get a hundred. The death benefit on a variable annuity is you your beneficiary receives the greater of the current value when you die or what you originally put in. And it sounds great and it is, but you pay a fee for that. Same thing, the gains are tax deferred until you withdraw. Several fees apply to this type of annuity and I’m going to get to a fee slide in a bit, so I’ll defer, but that’s usually the the rationale. You you pay a fee to have those multiple investments and you pay that fee for the death benefit. The fourth type of deferred annuity is something we call a structured annuity or they call them buffer or floor annuities. These are six-year time periods. It’s kind of a blend between the fixed index and the variable. And you have the ability to invest in market indexes like the S&P 500. You have the ability to earn market-like returns and there is downside market risk. However, there is some protection that helps you on the downside. Gains are tax deferred until withdrawn just like the other ones. No annual fee on this one. So, unless you add one of the additional features like lifetime income or death benefits. So, let me give you an example of how these buffers and floors work. So, So, here’s an example of the index was positive. So, in example A, let’s say the um the market return Let’s say the cap rate is 10 and 1/2 in my example, and the market returned eight. So, the market returned eight in the blue, so your account is credited eight. In example B, let’s say the market returned 12 and 1/2, so you can see that blue blue bar is above the cap rate of 10 and 1/2, so your account was only credited 10 and 1/2. So, you’re giving up some of the upside, potentially, in in a structured annuity. And here is an example of when the market is negative. So, let’s say in example C, the buffer or the protection is at 10%. So, the market’s down 8%, you lose nothing because the market is not down more than 10. In example D, let’s say the market’s down 15%in the turquoise bar, so that’s below the 10%buffer. So, your account is only down five because the insurance company covers the first 10%in losses. So, the way I look at this is, you know, lots of people say, “Yeah, I’m just going to invest in the S&P 500 and let it roll.” Um this is a way to invest in the S&P 500 with a safety net because there’s no fee. So, it makes sense if you’re an S&P investor to have some downside protection. And you have a lot of different options you could select. They’re six-year contracts, but you could pick a one-year, a three-year, a six-year. And you There’s more indices you can choose from than just the S&P 500, but it’s a great way to be in the market with protection and for no fee. Uh the other option within a structured annuity is something called a participation rate. Now, this slide is old. The terms are not this good, but on the slide it says you can get 130%of what the S&P does over a six-year period. So, if you look at the example, if the market did 10%over the six years, that’s 60%over six years, you actually get 130% of that, so your account would have earned 78%. So, it’s a way to do better than the actual index does. And these options still have the buffer that provides some level of protection, you know, There There are choices that provide give you 10, 15, 20, 30% protection, and the more protection you pick, the less upside you get, right? The less protection you pick, um the more upside, you know, the more risk you’re willing to take, the more you’re going to be rewarded for that. And a lot of the companies now, um are offering what’s called a performance lock feature. Let’s say you’re four and a half years into the six-year contract, and the market has just been on fire, and your account is way up. A lot of the companies offer you the ability to lock in your performance and either move to cash for the remainder of the six-year term, or to lock and move to another option that might have a 30%protection on the downside, so your your risk goes way down. Um so, the options are constantly changing, uh but they’re they’re kind of creative these days. So, this slide we put in just to show you the power of having that participation rate. If we just look at the first bar, if you’re down 10% in 1 year, people think, “Well, I just need 10%to break even the second year.” But, you really need 11.2%, right? Because you only have 90%of your money working for you. So, you need 11.2%the second year to break even from a 10% loss. And if you jump down to, you know, a big loss like a 30%loss, the next year you need 42.9%to break even after 1 year. So, when those participation rates are well over 100%, they can really help you catch up. Today, the rates are not as rich as 130%. I think they’re around 130, 105%.

    So, this chart shows you the different types of annuities and how they fit in line with other investments that you might be more familiar with. So, on the very left, the lowest risk, cash, money markets, CDs, fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, and then you see the gray line. Anything to the left of that gray risk line, your premium or your principal is protected. You can’t lose anything that you put in in there. To the right of the gray line, the next investment that has risk is bonds, and then variable annuities, and then mutual funds, and stocks, and commodities, and crypto, and all those things that go even further to the right. And what’s not on this chart are those structured annuities, and I would say they fit somewhere between the bonds and the variable annuities because there is some some level of downside protection. So, it just gives you a visual of how these fit in with other types of investments. Well, I heard annuities are bad. I mean, they There are fees associated with some annuities. Um there are holding periods or a surrender where you’d have a penalty. They call it a surrender charge, right? I sold you 3, 5, 6, 7 years. And they’ll keep all my money. Well, let’s walk through all of these one by one. So, the first is the fees. This is that variable annuity example I was referring to earlier. This is what I think gives um annuities a a bad rap. That Remember I mentioned the built-in insurance that if you put in 100 and the market tanked to 50 and you passed away, your your beneficiaries would get 100. That’s true, but that’s called a mortality and expense, and you pay This chart says 1 and 1/4. I would say 1 to 1 and 1/4%every year to have that built-in insurance. And a subaccount fee, that’s the ability to have options from Fidelity and Vanguard and T. Rowe Price all packaged together within one investment, and they charge a fee for that. Bond They call them subaccounts, but think of them like mutual funds. A bond subaccount is going to be less than one, an international subaccount is going to be more than one, but on average, that’s a 1%fee per year, also. And then the rider charges, if you were to add lifetime income or an enhanced death benefit, those range anywhere from, you know, 1 to 1 and a quarter also. So, just on this slide, that’s a total of 3 and 1/2% in fees every year. And some of these fees, like the first two, you wouldn’t even see if you owned one of these investments because it comes out of the performance. So, if the if the investment actually did a 12 and a quarter, you would only see 10 because the M&E and the subaccount fee just comes out of the performance. You would see a deduction on your statement for the rider fees, the lifetime income, but the other two you don’t even see. And in years when the market’s on fire and it’s up 20%, you might not even notice 3 and 1/2%coming off. But what about the years where the market’s down 20%? You’re really down 23 and 1/2%. So, the fees, the variable annuity is the one that has the most fees and the highest fees. Number two, that holding period. They call it a contingent deferred surrender charge. And what it means is it’s the amount of time that you’re required to stay invested in the investment before you can walk away without a penalty. So, here’s an example if they’re using a 5 year. So, if you were to bail in the in the first year, they ding you a 5% penalty. And each year it declines a little bit. And they these aren’t accurate numbers, but for example purposes, it starts higher and the closer you get to the end of the term, it goes lower. And there’s all kinds of annuities out there that can be anywhere from 3 to 15 years. Uh Malcolm and I are generally on the the thick side three to five years. Some people want seven if they can lock in a higher rate for longer and just live off the interest. We’re not selling anybody a 15-year annuity. And even if you agree to tie your money up for, you know, three, five, or six years, almost every single company that we work with allows you to take out 10%per contract year without a penalty. So, you do have some liquidity or access to this money and clearly we wouldn’t want to put all of anyone’s money in this type of an investment or any type of investment for that for that purposes. Diversification is certainly certainly key, but you do have some access to your funds. Number three, they’ll keep all my money. Well, that’s not really true. Um deferred annuities equals a walk away value. If you agree to a five-year fixed annuity and collect your 5.85%at the end of the five years, you walk away with your money and all of the interest you earned. Um if the income products, where you’ve added lifetime income or joint lifetime income, those are contracts that you put money in and somewhere down the road you turn on lifetime income, and that income lasts for the rest of your life. And what you’re betting on here is longevity. You’re going to live a long time. If you turn on the income in one of these products, your account value will most likely go to zero or be depleted in 12 to 14 years. And if you’re living beyond that, your account value is zero, but the insurance company is on the hook for continuing to send you that lifetime income um for the rest of your life. You can pick different time periods, you know 10 or 20 years and a lot of the companies give you an option to pick a level income, so you start at X amount per month or year, and it stays the same forever; or, you can agree to start at a lower amount and then have that increase over time. But the bottom line, they don’t keep your money, your account value minus anything you’ve taken out is what you can walk away with, or it also becomes your death benefit. Let’s talk a little bit about taxes. So, think about you know, money in an Alliance savings. If you were to put it in an annuity of some sort, you’re not going to get a 1099 every year, and it’s kind of like triple compounding. You’re getting earnings on your principal, you’re getting earnings on your earnings, and you’re getting earnings on the taxes that you’re not paying. So, it might make sense to do this, especially if you’re trying to keep your income lower for a period of time, or you just like the rate. And at the end of the term, let’s say you did the 5-year at 5.85, and you didn’t need the money at the end of the end of the 5 years, and you didn’t want to bring it back to the credit union, there’s a provision out there called a 1035 exchange, and you can move it to another annuity, and there’s no tax liability. The best correlation I can think of to that is anybody who has done anything in investment properties, you may have heard about a 1031 exchange. You know, you go to sell one of your rental properties, and you roll that money into another rental property, you don’t have to pay taxes on any of those gains. Well, this is the same concept, but with annuities. So, you just move it to the next one, and it moves forward with no tax liability. And as I mentioned earlier, if you don’t want the tax deferral, you can just withdraw the earnings each year and that’ll create a 1099 kind of like you did a CD. So, that’s one way to keep that in check if that’s your desire.

    So, what’s in it for the insurance company? Well, if you buy an annuity with a fee, um obviously they’re collecting the fees, right? That M&E fee, the rider fees, the sub account or investment fees. And there is that surrender schedule, that CDSC. So, they know that if you uh bail early, if you bought a 5-year fixed annuity and you decided you’re going to yank all the money out in year three, they’re going to get a penalty. They’re going to collect a penalty out of your out of your money. But the biggest thing that’s in it for the insurance companies company is your time. All right? I mean, when I set these up for people, we are not planning on yanking the money out early, right? This is just a piece of the overall strategy. This might be the safe piece, potentially. So, if you give them, let’s say $100,000, they’re going to take that $100,000 and they’re going to go buy a bond that’s probably paying six or six and a half percent while they’re paying you out 5.85. So, they’re collecting that money for the whole time that you’re inside the annuity contract.

    Um no free lunch. This has to do with people that, you know, you may have received in the mail postcards to come to some dinner seminar at some fancy steak place and they’re pitching can’t lose products, double in 10 years. If it sounds too good to be true or doesn’t quite pass the smell test, just be on alert. Generally, those types of products have a longer surrender periods. They’re usually 10 years or longer. Um they pay high commissions to the advisor and generally they have high fees. So, just be on the lookout of that situation. Well, I have one. Now what? So, Malcolm and I will offer to you a no obligation review and recommendations about the annuity that you currently own. Annuities have changed dramatically over the last decade. As I mentioned earlier, regulators have stepped in and they’ve really put a higher emphasis on accumulation products. They’ve tried to significantly reduce and standardize fees. So, that’s something to think about. Um you may be in a situation where you’ve had an annuity for 25 years and you’re paying a fee and it might make sense to move it somewhere else and it would reduce your costs and give you a higher benefit. And if you have an annuity that has one of those lifetime incomes, you know, maybe it makes sense to start it. And if you’re have it and you are never you’re not in a situation to need the income, maybe you need to move out of it because you’re paying for a benefit that you might not use. And as I mentioned before, there’s that 1035 exchange provision which allows you to move from one to the other without incurring top taxes. So, basically just kind of a cost-benefit analysis of what you currently own.

    Well, who can benefit from these types of products? Well, if you’re somebody who’s looking for tax deferral, uh I had a clients that um lived in northeastern Colorado and they were selling their farm. So, they knew in the first year they were going to have a lot of gains on selling the farm. In the second year they were going to sell all the farm equipment. And in the third year they were going to sell all the crops. So, they knew they were going to have three to four years of very high taxes. So, they wanted to invest their money in a way that would def- would provide tax deferral. So, we structured a number of things to have them come available after. And maybe it’s something like you’re selling a business. That could be somebody. Or you’re just earning a lot of money and you’ve got a lot of money in Alliance savings or elsewhere and you just want to reduce the tax hit that you’re getting every January on the 1099. Or maybe you’re somebody that’s looking for a higher fixed rate. As I mentioned, Alliance CDs are 410 or 415. If you can tie up some money, get 580 or 585 and take advantage of while we’ve got this higher inflation and lock in those higher rates for longer, maybe that makes sense. If you are interested in trying to grow your money, but you want some downside protection, you want to be in the market, but you don’t want to bear 100% of the downside risk, maybe a structured annuity makes sense for you. Guaranteed income, maybe you’re somebody that says you’re going into retirement and you you need to kind of create your own income stream. Death benefit, I had a client that was diagnosed with a very rare lung disease and he was only expected to live two to three years. So, he wanted to take some of his money and put it in an annuity that had the highest death benefit. So, the death benefit would ratchet up higher than potentially the market gave him. And that way when he passed away, he could pass on the most he could to his two daughters, which did happen and it did work the way he intended. Um or if you’re somebody that wants to avoid probate. Um all these annuities have beneficiaries and they pass directly to the beneficiary without going through probate. Um is an annuity right for you? They aren’t right for everybody, but they can be an interesting part of a diversified portfolio. You know, especially if you need lifetime income to help cover your essentials. I mean, meaning if your income stream in retirement is social security, but that’s not enough to cover your basic living expenses, maybe an annuity with income stream can help shore up that gap. Or if you’re somebody that’s got longevity in your family and you think you might live longer than your money last, you know, these lifetime annuities with income last as long as you do, even if the account goes to zero. Or if you’ve got everything in your 401k and it’s in the market and you’re ready to retire and you just want to reduce the risk on part of your portfolio, that might make sense for you.

    Okay, facts versus fiction. They’re too expensive. I hear that all the time. Um then I’ve just alluded to several types that have zero fees. Zero fees. I mean, your fee is your time, right? You’re going to sit in it for three or five, six years. Um they have hidden fees. And as I mentioned, the the Fed and the state regulators have stepped in and all of that has to be very transparent. And all of that is explained if you’re working with somebody who’s trustworthy, anyway. Um they have high commissions and that that’s that’s not true. I mean, ask how we’re compensated. I mean, we we do get paid on these, but it doesn’t come out of your money. Uh, the commissions are typically paid by the insurance company, not you. So, if you put in a hundred grand, a hundred grand goes to work for you. I can’t touch that money. And as I mentioned earlier, nearly all of the annuity companies that we work with allow you to withdraw some of the money during that surrender period, you know, that five three, five, or seven-year period. Usually, it’s 10%penalty-free per year. And lastly, they’re too confusing. Yep, there are a few of them out there, uh, but that’s where we come in, where we can help look at somebody’s overall picture and decide whether this makes sense for you for a variety of different reasons. So, Malcolm and I offer a complimentary retirement plan for for all of you. We we don’t charge for that. I’m going to run you through kind of a quick example of how it works. So, this is Richard and Deborah. They’re both 62. Richard wants to retire at 67, Deborah at 65. Richard has some health health issues. He thinks he’s only going to live till 85, but Deborah thinks she might make it to 95. They’ve got, um, they’re contributing to their 401ks. They’re each contributing the max and their employer is giving them a match of 3%. They each make about 150 a year. Richard’s social security at his retirement would be about 41,000 and Deborah, when she retires early at 65, hers is about 35,000. And Richard has a pension of about 9,500 a year. We take a look at all of the expenses. Their living expenses are about 90k a year and in addition to that, there’s health care for each of them and travel and we break certain things out because we use a different rate of inflation or it’s not going to last your entire lifetime. Um our software pulls in the actual IRS tax tables. We can pull in the state tax tables also in this example. I’ve used the state of Colorado. This is the cash flow screen and this is showing us that um on the very left, Deborah and Richard are working. That’s the teal blue and 3 years in when Deborah retires, you see the income drop down, the teal blue. That’s Richard and Deborah’s social security kicks on. That’s the two navy blue boxes. And then in 2030 when Richard retires, now we have social security in dark blue. His pension in the mint green and then you see the yellow. And these are the bars that are leading up to the planned expenses. That’s the red line that’s going across the page. So the yellow means that you’re going to have they’re going to have to withdraw from one of their accounts or multiple of their accounts in addition to social security and pension to cover what they plan to spend. And then if you jump out about 7 years, you see the orange and that’s the required minimum distribution. Um most people I think realize that their pre-tax money inside 401ks and traditional IRAs and 403bs hasn’t been taxed yet. So uh at some point at age 73 or 75 depending upon when you were born, you have to start paying your least favorite Uncle Sam. And then you can see right around 2040s or right around 49, I guess, the social security drops off and that’s when Richard is passing away. Um but there’s still money left for Deborah. So this gives you an idea. The secure income screen, what this is showing us is that their essential expenses, which is the red line, are covered at about 59%and their total expenses, including travel, is covered at 49%, which really only gives them a probability of success of about 74%. So let’s do some what ifs. So let’s consider repositioning some of the assets that they have in their 401k into a lifetime income annuity. Does that help give them a little more security? So by doing that, now you can see that the we’ve added that secure lifetime income, which is the dark green. Um now their essential or basic expenses are covered at 80%and total expenses at 68%and now now they have a 99%chance of probability of success. So a little more comfort that those basic expenses are covered. So it’s just a peace of mind and security that um people look at that. So I am, since I was late getting started, I’m going to skip my little thing here and just jump towards the end. So ways we can help you, you know, certainly we do the complimentary foundational financial planning. That’s kind of what I just showed you, kind of a quick example. We can do some advanced planning also with Roth conversions and take a look at taxes and cash flow analysis, estate planning. Like I said, we have that relationship with the Trust&Will company. And investment management, what that is what Malcolm and I do is build retirement plans and strategize on the different investment choices that you have available. So, the credit union has checking and savings and CDs. On the retirement and investment services department, we have quite a bit that we have available to you. Pretty much anything you can dream up, we have available. So, I I’ll kind of stop where we started. That Trust&Will slide is basically, if you become a client of ours on the retirement side, you would have access to this Trust&Will situation for free. Um, okay. So, let me open it up for questions. Uh, before I do that, let’s see. Poll.

    Let’s see. How do I launch this? Give me a sec.

    Okay. So, I’m going to launch a poll. If we’re going to reach out to everybody anyway, but if you are interested in meeting with us and you want to do that sooner than later, feel free to put yes on our survey and we’ll reach out to you first, basically. Um, but with that, I’m going to open it up to questions. So, I’m going to come back on. Maybe. There I am. Um, and then let’s see if we have some questions. See, Q&A. Um, first question, is it possible to invest in an annuity from an IRA or a 401K to defer RMDs? Well, the only way you can do that is if you use that QLAC annuity that I mentioned in the very beginning and there is a a limit to that. The max you can put in is $210,000 and what that does is allow you to defer RMDs on that amount of money from let’s say 75 to 85. So, you get a a 10-year um break on that. Um okay, what else? You’ve guys got to have more questions to that than that. It’s the only question I see right now. What else? You got to have something.

    Was it interesting? Did you learn something about annuities that you didn’t know before?

    It’s hard to know when I can’t see anybody. So, feedback is always appreciated. Good, I learned a lot. Thank you. Thank you. And it it is somewhat interesting. I mean, that I I hear people as they get closer to retirement, they say, “You know, Kim, I’m less concerned about hitting a 20%return and more concerned about preserving what I’ve worked my whole career to save.” So, you know, you start thinking about how can you preserve the money you’ve saved and reduce risk? A lot of times an annuity might be part of that situation to help help in that. I use a four-bucket approach like the protection, the income, the growth and income and growth. So, that protection bucket is where you don’t have any downside risk and what can we do to give you some growth? Um Okay, another question. If I have an annuity that matures this December with another insurance company, can I roll it over to another one? Sure. I mean, we should certainly take a look at that and make sure, you know, all the ducks are in line and depending on whether it’s IRA money, you can certainly just transfer it to another one, no problem. And if it’s non-IRA money, we just want to make sure we do it correctly through that 1035 exchange process so you do not run into any taxation. Whatever you’ve earned in the current one, we want to move that forward so you don’t have a tax hit along the way. Um somebody said, “I’ve learned way more about annuities than I ever knew before this webinar.” Thank you. I appreciate that. Um and it is certainly worth considering, you know, down the road at some point. If you’re a fixed investor, if you’re chasing CDs and Treasuries and you want interest rate, now is a pretty good time. You know, we have inflation up because of the energy costs and all of that and we’ve seen them pop up. I mean, 5.85%. I’ve got another company that’s um said I’ve already seen an email that they’re going to increase their rates on October 1st. So, if you’re a fixed interest investor, for sure now is a pretty good time to kind of look at it. And even, you know, these rates are obviously based on inflation, but volatility in the market drives some of the other rates. So, if you think about that fixed index annuity that I talked about, that doesn’t have a stated interest rate, but it’s tied to the market. So, the market’s been pretty volatile in the last few weeks, right? So, think about if you bought it today, you know, the the Dow was at what, 54,000? Now we’re down to about 51,000. So, our starting point is lower and you sit on it for a year and then on the anniversary, if the market’s gone back up, you have an upside max of 10 and 1/2%. I mean, if you got 10 and 1/2%in a no risk, no fee investment, uh people would trade stock market risk for that all day long, right? I mean, that’s a that’s a pretty interesting perspective, but um anyway, so let me see. Let me check questions one more. No more in the chat. Let’s see, here’s another one. A couple more, okay. Uh very interesting. I’m sure it varies by circumstance, but do you consider annuities making up a certain percentage of a strong portfolio? Any rules of the road? You know, um there isn’t really rules of the road. Um it’s a lot about your comfort level with risk um and access to the money, right? If you think about a triangle, and I have liquidity at the top, risk and reward on the other two points. Generally, with any investment, I can give you two of the three, right? If you want low risk and a high return relative to interest rates, you need to give up your liquidity and be willing to tie that up. So, depending on how much you have, determines whether you’re in a position to do that or not. I mean, I generally most people, I won’t say all, but most people do not want to throw 100%of their money in the market and just let the market rock and roll them through retirement. I usually see maybe a quarter to a third. People want some of their money safe. So, that would be the best I have for that question. Um what info do you need to review an existing annuity? Basically, just a current statement. And you can email that to me, and we can set up an appointment to talk about it, and um just take a look, and I’ll give you the pros and cons, or Malcolm will give you the pros and cons of what you currently own. Is a non-qualified It’s non-qualified and I can’t afford to pay all the taxes at once. So, yeah, that’s the idea of the um of the 1035 exchange. If you transfer from an annuity to a money market, um you’ve Let’s see, there’s a couple questions from the same person. Hi, Christine. Um So, if let’s say you leave it in the annuity for 3 years and you’ve got the tax deferral on the earnings that you’ve earned in the 3 years. And then at the end of the 3 years, you want to move it to a money market, then absolutely, you’re going to pay tax in that year on that 3 years of interest. But if you don’t need it and you can roll it to another annuity, you can you can just roll that forward. Um and if you don’t want to have that big tax hit at the end of the 3 years or 5 years, then you just do a withdrawal each year and you would get the 1099 on that. Um let’s see. Is there an advantage to delaying an annuity purchase to a later age to have guaranteed income in older years when you’re less able to manage finances? Would it take less of an investment to cover a shorter lifespan? Sure. I mean, the, you know, the longer you’re willing to wait if on those income annuities, um, a lot of them will say you put your money in and your cash might earn you a 3 to 5%. But then they have this income account that might roll up by 10%a year for 15 years. And the sole purpose of that income bucket is where they calculate that lifetime income from. So, again, now with interest rates the where they are, we’re seeing a lot of these companies either increase those roll up rates or um increase the withdrawal rate. So, if you put some money away and let it cook for, you know, 8 or 9 years and it’s growing by 10%a year and you’re going to be older by that point, so your withdrawal rate will be higher. Sure. Yeah, and we can kind of back into that, too. If you’re looking for a certain dollar amount at a certain point in time, we can back into it and see how much you need to get that amount of income by a certain age. Um what else would I say? Oh, a lot of those income annuities now, let’s say for example, you’re getting 20 grand a year from the income, a lot of them will double that income for a long-term care-related expense. It’s clearly not long-term care insurance. It is not going to cover a nursing home, but if you had an extra 20 grand a year, in my example, could that help cover some home health care costs? Absolutely, it could. So, um so, there’s some different things out there that um as people get older and get closer to retirement that they’re concerned about. Um let’s see. I have a defined pension from work. Would it be better to take it as opposed to buying an annuity? There would be no fees and a straight payout. I have the option for the lump sum as well. So, yeah, that’s a great question. So, a defined pension plan, so that’s a pension that you have with your company. Let’s say you’re single and you decide to take that pension plan from your company and they’re going to give you X amount of money for the rest of your life and when you die, they keep the money. So, let’s say, God forbid, you turn the pension on and you get hit by a bus in year three or four, that money goes back into, you know, the United coffers or whoever your your company is. And if you’re married, you probably pick joint, so if something happens to you that pension continues. Um, we’ve also seen some things with pensions where companies have changed them. So, a lot of times people want to at least explore if they took the lump sum and bought an annuity to do the same thing as the defined pension plan does, what’s the delta? What’s the difference between taking it from your company versus moving it to an A-rated insurance company and maybe picking up a beneficiary or picking up a doubler for, you know, long-term care related expenses. It a lot of times it’s not as much as the defined pension plan, but sometimes it’s worth a look. You know, I’ve had people say, “Yeah, I really don’t want to leave my money in the Kaiser pension.” Or if they’ve worked for they saw what happened to United Airlines and if they’re a Carp, you know, a Continental person, they clearly don’t want to leave it in Carp. They saw what happened to United. I mean, think about Enron and, you know, some of those were the pensions kind of evaporated. So, you know the strength of your company better than I do, but that is sometimes the reason why people will look outside of of their defined pension. Um, let me see if I’ve got everybody.

    I think I have everyone’s questions. Um, so, thank you for sticking around. I appreciate you waiting for the technical difficulty. Of course, it’s a we’re going to update you in 3 minutes and you don’t have a choice of deferring it and, you know, it just says, “Oh, and we may reboot three or four or five times.” So, I appreciate you hanging in there and uh coming back on with me to go through annuities. So, look forward to talking with you all within the next week or so and thanks for joining me. Have a great rest of your day.

  • 09/29/2026 – I Tested Jev’s 10 Best Use Cases – It’s Not What They Told You

    Jeff is the most hyped AI model of the year and it’s not what they’re telling you. They’re calling it the next big model, a GPT killer. Some are even saying it’s about to change AI coding forever, but it’s none of that. It can’t write, it can’t code, it can’t hold a conversation. I was able to beat it at a game of checkers without even trying. So, no, this is not a smarter Claude, it’s not a GPT killer. What it is is a completely different kind of AI. And after this video, you will change the way you use every model you already pay for. Because here’s what they skip in the hype. Jeff doesn’t think, it decides in about 200 milliseconds and the output is basically free. The guy who built it is an ex-OpenAI researcher who worked on the tech behind ChatGPT. So, in this video, I’m going to show you what Jeff actually is, the 10 ways I’d actually use it and the places I would not use it just yet. Let’s get started. Okay, so what is Jeff? The easiest way to think about it is fast brain versus slow brain. Your slow brain is when you sit and reason through a problem. That’s Claude, that’s GPT, that’s every model you have ever used. They think, they write, then they explain. Jeff is your fast brain, the part of your brain that looks at a shirt and just knows that it’s blue. You don’t have to think about what color it is, you just come to that awareness in the snap of a finger. That’s Jeff for you in a nutshell. You hand it messy text and it hands back one of three things, a yes or no answer, a pick from your list or a score. And every answer comes with a confidence number. So, you know when it’s sure and when it’s guessing. And here’s the part that blows me away about all of this. Up until now, AI models have been racing towards which can be the smartest. And the smarter a model gets, the more time it can take to complete a simple task. I mean, try asking GPT-6 Astra to make thousands of tiny decisions, and you’re going to be waiting minutes and paying for every word it thinks. Jev, on the other hand, can’t ramble, it can’t hallucinate a broken format, and it answers in about 200 milliseconds. Type-safe, the company behind Jev, says it’s up to 193 times faster and over 400 times cheaper than a normal model. And its output tokens are free. So, this isn’t a model you chat with. It’s more like a smart if statement you drop into your workflow. And that one small shift just unlocked a world of possibilities. So, let me show you the 10 places you can use Jev to your advantage. The first place I would point Jev is at a pile I don’t want to read, like your inbox, for example, is an obvious choice. That’s because you can hand it thousands of emails and ask it three things at once, like this automation I created. I gave it all of my emails and asked it, “Is this a receipt? Is this a brand deal? Or is this a scam?” And in a click of a button, you can see how quick this is. It can sort through every single thing. There you go, done in 4 seconds, cost us $0.007, and it was able to sort through 69 emails per second. Nice. And this isn’t just for email. I mean, you can point it at your support tickets, your DMs, your YouTube comments, any stack of text you’d normally sort by hand or have an expensive AI sort by hand. It will do it better and faster than Claude, GPT, or any model. The second one is a bit of the same idea, but here’s something else that’s now possible thanks to Jeff’s speed of execution. You can have it create real-time filters on your browser feed, and it will tag every post as a page loads and break them down for you into different categories like breaking news, actual signal, or slop, for example. Like, look at this right now, likely human, 84%, likely human, likely human. We can actually, with this plugin, enable only AI slop. I only want to see AI slop, and we refresh, there you go. We’ll only be able to see AI slop on our feed, and we can do the opposite. We can filter out AI slop from our feed. And I mean, you can do this on Twitter, you can do this on LinkedIn, on Reddit. This is just this open-source tool, even other websites, but the sky is the limit here. And you can even have it filter out, quote unquote, slop from your timeline in real time. This is a tool someone open-sourced, by the way, and it flags AI slop on X, Reddit, LinkedIn, wherever. As always, if you want the link to all the tools and all the resources I share in this video, I’ll drop them all down on the first link in the description below. Moving on to use case number three, here’s where it can start helping you make money. If you have a lead pipeline or a CRM, say, for example, a lead fills out a form, Jeff can score it instantly on how good of a fit it is for you. So, here you can see with this lead, it’s a three out of three. With this one, it’s a zero out of three. And based on how much of a fit or which type of lead it is, you know, you can customize this as much as you want, and you can have template replies for each type of lead. For example, template A, say for example, it’s a great fit of a lead, it’s a three out of three, and they’re in the AI niche, then it picks template A. Hi Maya, this is exactly the kind of build I do. Grab a 20-minute scoping call here. Say it’s not a fit, for example, it’s going to go with template D, which is a no. Hi Aisha, thank you for thinking of me, I’m not the right fit for this one. See how quick this is? And we can keep going. If it’s a spam, it can just not answer at all. If it’s a type B, so it’s a marketing lead, for example, it can send them our marketing template. I mean, literally, what it can do is how creative you can get. Those are its limits, essentially, right? So, it can score leads for how well of a fit they are. It can see what type of lead that is in instances, and then it can decide which template is best for them in instances, literally in 300 milliseconds. There are so many ways you can expand and build on top of this. Now, here’s a fun one. Up to here, Jeff’s been sorting data, but you can drop it inside an agent as the thing that picks the next move. Someone built a flight booker where Jeff reads the page and chooses the next click every single step of the way. And it booked a flight in about 7 seconds. A normal model doing this is slow and pricey because it thinks out loud on every single click. But Jeff, on the other hand, it just moves. So, you can have Jeff control your computer for you much faster than any other model. I’ll also include this free tool inside the first link in the description. All right, this next one is cool. It’s a single text box, and as you type, Jeff figures out what you actually mean, and the box morphs into the right thing. If you type a date, you get a date picker. If you type a color, you get a color swatch. And it all happens in real time because of how fast Jev is in deciding and executing on every single keystroke. This is an interface you could not build before. Use case number six is you can have Jev power your website search bar. Instead of users having to type the exact keyword to find something on your website, you can have Jev on the back end guess what they are looking for and populate the answers in real time. Previously, this was possible, but it needed whole embeddings pipelines and a vector database. It was expensive and it was a pain to set up, but this skips all of that. It grabs the keyword hits first, then Jev reranks them by what you actually meant. And because Jev is fast and it can’t be talked out of its format, it makes for a perfect bouncer. And no, I’m not talking about a bouncer at the club. I’m of course talking about it being a bouncer for your AI agents. Say for example, you have a research automation for your AI agent. For example, an automation where every day you want Claude to fetch the top AI news. And the way Claude does it typically is it casts a wide net. It looks for things that might look like the answer you’re looking for and it summarizes all that data back to you. Well, instead of Claude being the one who decides what to scrape and what to discard, you can wire Jev in a way for it to be the primary bouncer on your sources. Meaning, the information gets to Jev first and it gets to quickly scan things like is this safe, is this useful, are we on goal or on target, is this the answer essentially that we’re looking for. So, if we test this automation out, we click go and it casts the wide net and look at this. Damn, this is quick. There you go. It scraped through 173 resources and it decided to hand 33 to Claude. I don’t know if you saw just how quick it was doing this, but then we can hand it to Claude and let Claude do the the work itself if you need the high thinking. And just look at the difference between how fast Jeff was and how much time Claude is taking to read just 33 items. Come on, Claude. Jeff was way faster than you. There you go. Claude finished its run, but all in all, um, with this automation, I tested one with just Claude and one with Jeff. And now that we put Jeff in the middle, in front of Claude, it spent 78%fewer tokens essentially. So, without the bouncer, we spent 29,000 tokens on this request. With Jeff as the bouncer, we spent 6,000. The junk gets caught at the door before your expensive model ever sees it. The next use case is for anyone who runs ads. You can feed Jeff a stack of your competitors or your niches ad copies and have it break down every single one of them. It can look for things like what’s the offer, what’s the angle, what’s the selling point, is it urgency, fear, a discount? And if we run it, then in a couple of seconds, you have a map of exactly what your whole market is running. Just like that. You can see the selling points that are working for them, save time, make money, easy, no skill. You can break down the types of hooks, the funnel stage, anything and everything you can think of in mere seconds. Hiring is the same thing here, but with higher stakes. You can hand Jeff every applicant and your criteria and it can score each one and cite the exact points that earn that score. One company, for example, put Jev in front of their recruiting search and went from minutes to practical seconds. And at the same time, the data was accurate. So, fast and accurate. You’re not letting it hire essentially, you’re letting it hand you the short list much faster. And finally, this is the one that makes everything we’ve covered so far click. You put Jev in front of your whole stack. Everything that comes in, it looks at and decides where it goes. Cheap stuff, send it to our automation bots. Questions to the thinking bots. Important stuff, send it directly to me. That’s the essential idea here. You stop paying a frontier model to read your spam and you only spend the big money on the things that actually need a brain. Now, here’s a fair warning. This is where all the hype on social media falls apart. Jev is dumb and that’s on purpose. It can’t reason. That checkers game you saw me play against it from the video’s intro, for example, it lost because it makes a snap call every move and forgets the one before. It has a tiny context window, a fraction of what Claude or GPT give you and the answers aren’t guaranteed right. The format is locked, but the concept is a fast guess with a confidence score. So, test it before you trust it. That rhymes. And here’s a kicker, the single most popular Jev demo online is from someone who used Jev to compact Claude’s memory. The post got thousands of likes, but it’s one of the worst things you can do with Jev because Jev doesn’t have the reasoning or the context to compact well. Same story with using it to judge another AI’s answers or to write text one letter at a time. You can have it do those things. It’s just that that would be a bad idea. It’s a snap decision model. So, give it snap decisions. So, here’s where I land. Jev is not a better model than Claude or GPT. And it’s not trying to be. It’s the cheap fast layer that goes in front of them. If I’m building anything that makes the small decision thousands of times, I would put Jev there and save the expensive models for the actual thinking. That is the unlock Jev gives us. It’s not the model that replaces your AI. It’s the model that stops your AI from burning money where it’s not needed.

  • 09/29/2026 – Create Hyper Cinematic Logo Animations in After Effects

    Are you ready to create the most hyped [music] up logo animations ever? Well, no matter the logo, we can now easily use After Effects with this new update and maybe a little creative buffoonery to [music] make the most cinematic logo reveals and moments. All right, the first order of action is to beg your client for an SVG or like a similar vector format of their logo. So, with that said, you may just be able to rightclick, go to create, and choose create shapes from vector [music] layer. And now this will give you a shape layer in which you can actually make 3D and go to the extrusion options. But of course make sure that you’re set up for advanced 3D my fellow ducklings. So obviously we can increase the extrusion depth. You know maybe it’s like a reasonable reasonable amount like 50. Don’t push it into like the hundreds unless you like you want like a fat logo. But I also like convex and maybe like a bevel around 10 to really pull out those beautiful edges. Now the next step is texturing. Under material assignment, we can attach an image to our 3D logo to fully texturize it in moments. And at this moment in time, this feature is only available in the After Effects beta. So you can get it now or if you’re watching this in the future, you know, After Effects should have this feature built in. But as you can see, we can apply materials to the front, side, back, and even the bevel. Remember, you can get free highquality textures when you go to the good old Adobe community asset site. And you know, you can look for like gold textures or even like metallically type images or whatever. So once we have these materials attached accordingly, if we go to the properties panel, we may be able to change the color of the texture if it’s allowed for that specific material. But for the best tip, be sure to scale down each texture so we can really pull out those sharp details. And using multiple textures and colors can really, you know, pull out the edges in the overall design. But to go hyper crazy here, let’s duplicate the logo and push it forward here in Z position space by a touch. And then turn off the bevel to texture the logo even further. And if you’re feeling extra spicy, go ahead and duplicate this again for the backside of the logo. And finally, parent all this to the original logo layer. And this way, if you do like any rotation or movement, it will all be repositioned together. But now with our logo out of the way, we’re ready to make a cinematic scene. Though you can produce cinematic motion graphic logos and scenes with my new logo pro pack for After Effects and Premiere Pro, you can just drop in a template for our motion duck extension and drop in your client logo. Change some colors with the custom controls. And that’s pretty much it. Now, of course, we have over 50,000 templates, transitions, and presets of our motion duck extension, all here in After Effects and Premiere Pro. Everything is below. And if you do pick up anything, thank you so much for supporting my channel as I don’t do any of those like sponsorships here. But all right, like any good 3D scene, we’re nothing without lighting. So like many times that like I do here on these videos, go ahead and create an environment light with shadows enabled, of course, and simply we can dive right into the rotation and find the value in which the top part of our logo starts to [music] be like really light reflective. And one thing you might want to do is lighten the color of your front logo to make that reflectiveness even easier to pull out. And and if you know me, I love strong backlights. So if you want, try to create a parallel light with shadows off with intensity maybe around 200 or so. Then we just need to push this light back in Zpace to lightly light the back of the logo. But back on track, of course, the main thing I suggest for shadows is to go ahead and create a solid background. And if you want like a black background, just make it very dark, just not pure black. I find that to work really well. Then create a very large plane with that 3D tool and set X rotation to 90° and lower it just under your logo. Then set the compositing options to accept shadows only. And this is going to add like a little shadow and depth to the overall scene. Now, the one thing that works handinhand with lighting is the glow effect on an adjustment layer. And then we’re just really going to have to finesse this effect like crazy. So try maxing out the threshold slightly increase the radius and use like a low intensity. Then duplicate, increase the radius, and finally duplicate again. Reset it. Then nearly max the radius and find like a decent threshold. Now this is a good base glow, but we really need to pull out like some of that gold. So let’s go ahead and duplicate, reset, and place it back at the top. And then we’ll nearly max out the threshold again. This time maybe we’ll use a radius around 100 and an intensity around three. Then we’ll go to glow colors and set it to A and B colors and choose that kind of gold color. You guessed it. Again, we’ll duplicate this. Increase the radius and duplicate again. And then increase the radius even more. But okay, great. No more glows. Uh it knows a lot here. And don’t worry about exact settings. Just kind of feel it out and figure out what works best for your scene. Now, if you want, you could use the curves effect just like slightly dial in the color in your favor and maybe the noise effect if you wish. And that’s it. You know, I’m pretty much going to be banned from using the glow effect here. You may unsubscribe if you ever see me use that effect again. Actually, don’t do that. So, with After Effects new feature for texturing 3D layers, we can create a variety of objects now like rings. [music] So, just by using a stroke only circle, we can make it 3D, set it X rotation to 90° and lower it as needed. Now, with circular like objects, you can’t just increase the extrusion depth and make it 3D. [music] We need to finesse this a bit and pretend we actually have some rz. I don’t know if that made sense. So, set the bevel style to convex and the stroke width to exactly 0.1, but cool. Now, if you want, you can use textures or you can use like the old school way of making things look gold by using a light yellow color and maxing out the specular shinyness under the material options. just a more you know I suppose [music] right but for further shape customization we can use the trim path property in the shape layer and [music] decrease the end amount to like really open this baby up now you can duplicate this layer increase the ellipse size randomize rotation and continue duplicating until you have a bunch of rings as long as you don’t end up with the three rings of marriage you know you’re good that’s the engagement ring the wedding ring and [music] the suffer ring all right with all my dad jokes out of the way finally create a 3D null object and parent all the rings to it and animate the Y rotation to get these bad boys spinning. But also think about how you can use like the simple circle with a fill instead to create like that nice textured base and even, you know, get a thicker ring around the middle. All these ideas are on the table. You know, it’s all yours for the taken. But now to tie the scene together with animation, let’s go ahead and create a 3D null object and a camera layer that’s going to be parented to that null. But all right, you can use the nullles like Y rotation to spin around the scene if you like. And if you want to use that and maybe animate the camera with the dolly torch cursor tool, you know, you can also zoom into the scene. Whatever you want to do though, think about animating your light intensity to essentially turn the lights on with your starting animation. But again, you know, the world is yours for the taken. Though, what you should absolutely do is enable depth of field on the camera layer. Make sure your focus distance is good. And you can adjust the aperture if you like. And we could duplicate all these rings, scale them up, and push them back into the background to have even more elements and [music] depth. But finally, for some quick particles, I suggest creating like a yellowish solid and using the CC ball action effect. Just set the grid spacing to three, the ball size to seven, and you know, you can max out the scatter if you wish. And [music] finally, all click the stopwatch for twist angle and use like the time asterric 2 expression [music] to animate these. Really cool. And by the way, for like golden regular 2D text, just use a gradient ramp or an overlay with a white color and a yellow color. And then place the title underneath your adjustment layer and you’re going to be good to go for creating truly cinematic logo animations like never before. [music] Subscribe to be the best and always be creating.

  • 09/29/2026 – The LAZIEST Way to Make Money With AI in 2026

    The laziest way to make money with AI right now only takes me about two to three hours a week to make five figures every single month. If you’re new to the channel, my name is Sean and I’ve tried a bunch of different businesses over the years and I made millions of dollars doing so. And after 10 years of doing this, I’ve realized there are basically two types of businesses out there. The first type can make you a lot of money, but you have to work non-stop. You’re always active, always working, always putting out fires. Then there’s the semi-passive one. Once you build it up, it runs pretty much on its own and takes only a few hours a week to maintain. And even with that semi-passive model, you can still make a lot of money. Like I’m making five figures a month. I got students in my private community making four, five, even six figures in a month. So, if you love to work non-stop, if that’s your thing, you can definitely build the first type of business. But if you’d rather enjoy life while making money, the second one is what you want. And AI just made it 10 times easier than it used to be. Before we move forward though, quick heads up that obviously this is not financial advice and results aren’t guaranteed. In this video, I may talk about my own results as well as my students results, but that is definitely not me guaranteeing that you’ll achieve the same results because this is a real business, not a get-rich quick scheme. So, it takes work, effort. You have to invest into this. But if you’re willing to actually do the work, this is in my opinion the easiest way to make money online that I’ve found so far. So, let me first explain the reason why this is the laziest way to make money and everything else is not. So there are many different business models out there. If you would categorize these businesses into how it works, you come down to four different options. Option number one is selling services. So these are freelancing, coaching, consulting. Yes, you can make money without a lot of upfront capital, but the second you stop working, you stop getting paid. So the way I look at service-based business is that it’s great. I’m not denying that. But it’s kind of like just working a job that you do online. And because you have to constantly show up and constantly provide the service, it’s the opposite of the lazy way of making money. Option number two is selling physical products, things like drop shipping and e-commerce. This also works well. A lot of people are successful in it. But I don’t think this is the most beginner friendly. I don’t think this is the laziest way because now you got inventory or suppliers to deal with. Plus, you got a lot of ads that you have to run. You got customer service every time something goes wrong. And that is a lot to manage. Option number three is selling digital products on your own platform like Gumroad, Etsy, or your own Shopify store. This is way better than the first two options because there’s no inventory, no shipping because you’re dealing with digital products. So, I like this a lot better, but there are still some downsides to it. You’re still responsible for driving the traffic because you’re trying to sell on your own website that has no existing traffic. You also have to build the audience yourself and if something breaks, you’re the one to handle customer service and other logistical issues. So, you’re still doing a lot of the work yourself. So even though it’s less work because you’re selling digital products than other businesses, you’re still doing a good amount of work yourself. Then there’s option four, selling digital products on Amazon. And more specifically, I’m talking about selling digital books on Amazon’s self-publishing platform called KDP. KDP stands for Kindle Direct Publishing. And once again, this is Amazon’s self-publishing platform where anyone can upload a book file and Amazon will print it into an actual physical book or sell it as a digital copy and they pay you for it. You just upload a PDF copy to Amazon. Amazon puts it on their store and when someone buys, Amazon takes care of everything. They handle the printing, the shipping, even the refunds and customer support. They do all of that for you and your only job is to make the book and hit upload. That’s why, in my opinion, if we’re talking about the most passive way to make money online, I think this model wins because Amazon already has millions of customers ready to buy. They are the biggest online retail store in the whole world. So, if you’re going to sell your product, if you’re going to piggy back off of existing traffic, Amazon is by far the biggest and you want to be on Amazon. You don’t have to build a huge social following to start because Amazon brings all the traffic to you. And on top of that, AI just made the entire book creation process way faster, way cheaper than it’s ever been. So, here’s the four-step process that I use. Step number one is picking your niche. A niche just means a topic of your book. And when it comes to KDP, there are honestly a ton of options. There’s so many different genres you can publish in like kids story books, coloring books, activity books, journals, trivia books, puzzle books, lowc content books, even non-fiction books or fiction books. Every one of these is selling on Amazon right now. The big mistake I see beginners make is spending weeks trying to figure out the perfect niche. That’s not really risk management. It’s not really trying to be perfect. It’s literally just procrastination. You know, getting ideas of what books you’re about to publish is easy. It’s fun. Like the learning phase, the research phase, that’s always fun. But you don’t make money in the learning and research phase. You make money by actually publishing the book, getting it out there, right? Selling your products. But since people are scared of actually taking action, they mask that by staying in the research phase permanently. So the big thing to understand here is that there is no perfect niche. There are a lot of great niches out there, but nothing is perfect. Okay? So just pick one that looks good and you want to move forward. So what I personally do here is I open up Claude or Trap and I ask it to give me 30 ebook niches with high demand and low competition. Then I actually take those topics onto Amazon and check if there are other books selling on the topic. I run them through co-author.ai’s free Chrome extension to check the real numbers like how much it’s making per day in royalties, how many copies is selling per day. Once again, this is using co-author’s free Chrome extension. It’s 100% free. I’ll leave a link in the description. You just want to install that onto your Chrome and whenever you browse on Amazon, it shows you the best sellers rank, which is Amazon’s data of how well the book is selling and the rough monthly earnings and daily sales on any book that you’re looking at. So when it comes to the bestsellers rank, the lower the number, the more copies the book is selling. So this way instead of guessing whether a niche is profitable or not, you’re looking at what similar books are actually earning right now. Again, if you find a lot of books that are doing well using co-authors, you know, extension, you literally see how much money it’s making. If it’s making $500 plus per month, that is enough proof that if you create a similar book like that, there is potential for you to make a similar amount. So this whole process should take a couple hours to max maybe a couple days if you really want to go deep in the research process. But the issue once again as I said earlier people spend weeks if not months just stuck in this process. Just don’t make that mistake. Step number two is writing the actual book. This used to be the hardest part even just a couple years ago. If you wanted to publish a book you either had to write it yourself which takes months or hire a ghostriter which costs anywhere from $1,000 to $2,500 or more. That’s why most people never actually got started because I completely understand risking that much money without knowing if the book is going to sell or not is scary. But the good news is AI changed all of that. So you basically have two options right now. Option one is using generic AI tools like Claude or Chadipid. These tools are pretty good at writing but there is a catch. You do have to know how a book is actually put together and you have to prompt it correctly section by section to get the output that you can actually sell. This whole prompting process, this whole learning how AI communicates, learning how AI thinks is a little bit of learning curve, but if you have a good understanding of that, you can definitely go with that option. Option number two is using a specialized book creation tool like co-author. This is what I personally use and co-author is built specifically for the Amazon KDP business. So the exact book structure to make it sell is already baked in. It’s already prompted in the back end and it walks you through the research, the outline, the chapters, the book cover, the formatting, the entire process step by step. So, you basically have to follow those steps, fill out a few fields, and it handles the rest. So, since this video is talking about the laziest way to do things, if you truly want the laziest way, then co-author is the way to go because it does most of the hard work for you. I do want to clarify that co-author Chrome extension the research features is free. But if you want the step-by-step bookw writing process, then that comes with the paid subscription. Just wanted to be upfront there. So, both options work. If you like learning the process and you have time to figure out the prompting, generic AI is fine. But if you just want the book done fast, that’s when co-author makes sense to use. All right, step number three is uploading your book on Amazon. This is a pretty easy step. You just go to kdp.amazon.com. You sign up for a free account. Just fill in your basic information. It’s the same process as signing up for any other website. You want to link your bank account so you can get paid. You want to fill out the tax form and you’re all good to go. So from here, you want to upload the book, right? Fill in the title, the description, the keywords, and you upload the manuscript that you wrote, the cover file that you created, and that is it. The whole thing takes maybe 10 to 30 minutes per book. Then Amazon takes 72 hours or so to review it and put it live on the store. Once it’s live, you’re officially a published author. You can start bragging in family dinners and whatnot. But besides that, Amazon will start showing your book in search results so people can actually look it up and buy it. If someone buys it, then Amazon will pay you for it. And all you did here was upload a file. So that is how simple this is. But there’s one more thing that you have to do if you wanted to actually sell. And that is step number four. Getting reviews. Now getting reviews is the hardest part of self-publishing. Everyone knows that if you have three reviews and the book next to yours has 50 reviews, if you got the same product, if you got similar books that are offering the same thing, most likely the buyer would choose the one with more reviews. Now, there are many ways to stand out and sell your books, even if you have way less reviews. And I talk about that often in my channel or in my community, but getting reviews is still very important. So, there are a few ways to get reviews. You can build up your own audience on social media or an email list and give out free copies in exchange for honest reviews. That is one way of doing so is 100% allowed by Amazon. And this works, but it takes a long time. Building up your audience. It’s not easy, right? It can take months, sometimes years to build up an audience big enough to actually see real results. Another option is to post in Facebook groups and forums asking people to review your book. This also works. It’s 100% free, but it’s very slow and timeconuming. Or you can use option number three here, which is using a service called Book Reverb. So, Book Reverb is by far the fastest way and the laziest way that I found to get consistent reviews on Amazon. The way it works is super simple. Book Reverb has an email list with tens of thousands, probably hundreds of thousands of real readers at this point, all from different demographics, all interested in different book topics, and you upload your book onto Book Reverb. You set a bid for how much you’re willing to pay per review. And Book Reverb will take that and start showing your book to their audience. Very quickly, you will have readers start reading your book and leaving reviews on Amazon. So, there are two things worth knowing about Book Reverb before you use it. And the first one is on compliance. It’s important to know that readers are paid to read the book, not to leave a review. They get paid the same amount whether they review or not. And they’re never required to leave a positive review. So, that’s what keeps it inside Amazon’s guidelines. I’ve been using this personally for a very long time, and a lot of my students use it too with no issues. The second thing to know is on pacing. So, you don’t want to try to get a 100 reviews in three days. Amazon’s algorithm doesn’t like that pattern. It’s way too quick. So, you want to aim for something like 10 to 15 reviews a week. That is a natural steady pace that Amazon has no problem with. So, I’ll leave a link to Book Reverb in the description below. Full transparency, that is my affiliate link, so I do get a small commission if you sign up through it. You can use it or not use it, totally up to you. So, that is how you get reviews. is truly the laziest way to get reviews because you literally turn on the campaign on Book Reverb and you just sit back and review starts coming in. Now, let’s talk about what to actually expect from all this. So, after you get the book up on Amazon and you get some reviews, there’s a good chance that the book will sell some copies here and there, as long as you’ve done a good job picking a profitable topic based on other books already selling on it and creating a great book with an attractive title and cover. Of course, I cannot guarantee anything. I hope everyone has the common sense to know that this is a real business. Nothing is guaranteed, right? I’ve been doing this for 10 years now and I’ve coached literal thousands of students in my community. I published a lot of books myself and this is typically what we see because Amazon is so big, right? Amazon again is by far the biggest online retail store in the whole world. We got millions of people searching for books to buy on Amazon every single day. So just by being on Amazon and just uploading and waiting, there’s a good chance that you’re going to sell some copies here and there. However, very important to understand that selling some copies here and there organically, which each sale is going to be a couple bucks. So it’s about like two to four bucks each sale. So that’s great making that once in a while here and there, but we all know that’s not going to make you 5K a month, 10K a month or more, which making that amount is possible. We got a lot of students making that amount. Some even made over $100,000 in a single month. But you don’t get there just by stacking this couple sales here and there by uploading and forgetting. You should supplement with your own marketing if you want to scale further. It’s very similar to the concept of exercising or trying to get fit. Right? If you go from like never exercising to just doing whatever, like even jogging or basic push-ups, even if the exercise is not effective, going from zero to something will get you some results. But if you want to go from like kind of ripped to like jacked, then obviously you have to improve your process. You have to learn the actual science of building muscle, you have to do more like optimize your dieting. So it’s one of those things where what takes you from here to here is not the same as what takes you from here to here. So it just depends on what you want. Anyways, many ways to scale, many ways to market your book. The two best way is running Amazon ads and doing social media marketing. I have tutorials on how to do both on my channel. If you do all the steps required, if you optimize the process and scale this business, I want to show you what’s possible by sharing some of our student results. So, we have one of our students, Toby. He has a health problem and he can only work a couple hours a day. In one of the summer, he put in only 13 hours total because he just couldn’t work because of medical issues, right? And he still made over $5,000 in profit. So, that shows how passive this can get. And that is because Toby built it up to that point, right? So even if he worked less, the income maintained because he already did all the work up front. So that shows how passive this business is. But on a separate occasion, Toby made over $100,000 in a single month, he did it twice, actually. Absolute beast. And I actually have an interview with Toby on my channel. So if you want to check it out, I’ll leave a link to this video. So something I really want to talk about here is that I know that the title of the video is the laziest way to make money with AI. And you know, because it’s titled the laziest way, it’s probably going to attract a lot of people who wants to make a ton of money without doing any work, right? Like truly lazy people. And although Amazon KDP, in my opinion, is the most semi-passive business that I know of, right? So, it kind of caters to that lazy, you know, seeking crowd, it still is a real business. It still requires work that you have to build up to that, right? Nobody uploads one book and just wakes up rich. That’s not how KDP works. And honestly, it’s not how any real business works. So, in terms of what is realistic, a solid book might make you somewhere around 500 bucks a month on its own. That is nice, but it’s not life-changing, right? But then you publish a second one. Then you publish a third book. Then the books you already have keep selling while the new ones ranks and it’s going to stack up to the income and over time your income just grows. So that’s the compounding part. That’s cool. And it’s really the whole game when it comes to this. aim to publish around 10 high quality books and you can potentially be in the range where this turns into four even five figures a month. One of our students, Lanned completely from scratch, never had any prior experience in the KDP space. She launched a few books. It took a while for it to rank, but over time it turned around. Eventually, it got to $10,000 a month ever since. So, in her words, she says KDP compounds like investing. So, the publishers who went at this long term aren’t chasing this one magic book or one magic niche, right? They’re the ones who keep publishing and let the catalog stack up over time. So, if you’re a long-term investor, if you do investing, you understand that if you put money into index funds and if you just wait for a long time, there’s a very low chance of you actually losing money. I kind of see publishing very similarly because if you rank the book on Amazon, right, you now have digital real estate, that specific real estate on Amazon for life until Amazon shuts down, which honestly if Amazon shuts down, the world’s probably ending, you know, so it’s probably not going to happen for a very long time. So yeah, it’s a very long-term business. It’s a very lazy business over the long term because again, there are so many books that I published and I’ve never touched it in years. Never thought about it. Not even a second have I thought about that book in years. and every single month I still get paid from those books. So that is in my opinion the laziest way I’ve found to make real money with AI right now. But watching a video and actually doing it are two very different things. So if you want to skip the trial and error and have someone who’ve actually done this and is making a lot of money doing it themselves to look at your niche, your book, and your cover and tell you exactly what to fix. That’s what my team does inside Road to Hero. Road to Hero is my mentorship program for Amazon KDP. You get a ton of one-on-one coaching from coaches who are verified to have earned over $10,000 in a single month doing this themselves. Over 2,300 publishers have gone through it with a 4.8 average rating on Trustpilot. So, if you’re interested, book a free discovery call with the team. It’s 30 minutes. You walk away with a personal plan for your KDP business whether you join or not. And there is a bonus just for showing up. So, the people who make this actually work, the one who is succeeding in this right now, they aren’t smarter than you. They just stopped guessing and they got a real plan that they can follow. So, if you’re interested, the links in the description and the pin comment. If you enjoyed this video, if you learned something, let me know by leaving a like, subscribing. I appreciate every single one. If you have any questions, let me know in the comments. I try to answer as much as possible. With that being said, thank you so much for watching and I’ll see you in the next one.

  • 07/17/2026 – Make Unlimited Explainer Videos with AI – Free Workflow

    No timeline editing, no key frames, no talking. All done with AI. Grab the full training below. Unlimited videos, zero credits. Let me show you how easy it is to build this in video.ai.

    And the thing you ordered like this is the video I’ll be showing you. One second while I’ll play this video. So, we’re going to show you today exactly how to build a video like this with Video Express. And the other cool part is that we’re going to bring it bring the whole thing together as well. So, let’s play this video real quick. And it has my voice. I’ll show you how you can add your voice into the video as well. And uh basically how to add these whole animation setup. Okay, step by step the whole thing. So, let’s play this first. You tap by now. The thing you ordered seems like it could be sitting in a warehouse thousands of miles away. and 2 days later it’s at your door. How you picture a worker sprinting down endless aisles to find your thing. But Amazon isn’t waiting for your order then scrambling to find it. It guessed long before you click its systems forecast what people in your region were likely to buy and moved inventory closer in advance. So when you tap by your package may already be in the same part of the country. It may be sitting in one of hundreds of fulfillment centers around the world. Inside, robots move shelves and products toward employees, cutting much of the walking out of the search. Amazon has deployed more than 1 million robots across its operations network, the world’s largest fleet of industrial mobile robots. A worker picks the right item and the order gets packed and labeled. Then it moves through a sortation center where packages are grouped by destination for the next leg. The package can’t linger. The network chooses its next route ground when it’s close. air when distance demands it. Some shipments travel through Amazon Air Cargo’s network of more than 100 aircraft operated by carrier partners, moving packages while you sleep. At a local delivery station, routing technology builds routes around package volume, address complexity, and neighborhood conditions. Then, delivery partners move from stop to stop, carrying hundreds of packages through the surrounding community. Zoom out and it stops looking like a store. Across 19 countries, Amazon’s delivery service partners deliver more than 20 million Amazon packages a day. It’s one machine coordinated across fulfillment, sortation, air, road, and doorstep delivery. So, fast shipping was never only about moving one box faster. The real trick is forecasting demand and placing inventory close enough that much of the journey has already happened before you click. All right. Pretty cool, right? So, this is what we like to call, if you will, walk style or let’s say an an explainer style video is a better way to say it. And the way, if you see this video was done, there’s two ways to do it. I’ll show you both ways. And I have a workflow for you that I built. You can go into video.ai/workflow to get it. And basically, this is going to open up a page that looks something like this. And when you go to that page and then here you’ll see right here this highlighted section on the top it’s going to have this you see this motion graphics animation workflow uh that move with a purpose. So this is the workflow and um so when you come here right now it’s for CHPd because what I’m doing is I’m going to be showing you some things you can do uh if you have a CHP plus account as well that is pretty cool uh with this process if uh per time permitting. We’re going to get to that as well. But I’m going to show you how this workflow uh basically does the whole process when you go there. So it’s going to open up this GPT that I built for you. And this GPT can also be used by free chat GPT accounts if you will. And then right underneath it, you’re going to see something like this, this little uh option. You can start with this. This is what we call a conversation starter. So when you click this um it’s going to start uh you see where it says turn this idea into a 60-second explainer video. Paste idea. So effectively there’s nothing happening here, right? So the better way to do it is uh basically we copy this this little thing. Okay? And then you paste it here. Okay? And then effectively you’re going to say for example how Amazon delivers packages in let’s say one day. So you type that in and then it’s basically going to do the thing right it’s going to generate it and you don’t need a pro account or you don’t need anything else. It can pretty much do this cuz I’ve done all the thinking for you. I’ve done all the process for you behind the scenes what is happening. Let me explain as well while this thing is doing its thing. Uh is effectively it learns. So let me write this down so you can understand right here on the right. So it’s learning exactly how the prompting structure works in video express. Okay. So uh it I basically taught it everything about video express this prompting style and everything the version three uh and then it also what it does is it also learns the prompting structure uh for in this particular case what I’ll show you how to do is a text to video option. The reason why I’ll show you text to video specifically is there’s a cool things you can do with text to video for vertical as well as 16×9. I’ll show you how to do the same process because I showed you this one. I show you how to do even um 9×6 as well the vertical format and then also what I’m going to be showing you what I did behind the scenes for this workflow if you go to that page. But the other thing that I did is give you the whole uh sequences, right? So it’s going to do scene one, right? and uh scene number one. It’s going to do scene number two. Okay, and on and on. Okay, it’s going to give you the scenes for this. And it’s also going to have the speech embedded into it. Okay, which is pretty cool. Uh so the idea is that in the prompt itself, we’re going to put speech because uh in video express as you know, you can actually make uh narration videos on the fly as well. And this could be your voice too. This is going to be a little bit extra steps if it’s going to be your voice, but it can be even an AI generated voice which is much faster. Uh so which I’m going to show you as well. So it’s doing all this stuff here. You see when it’s saying this stuff, this is what it’s doing behind the scenes. Okay. So uh obviously you can use a free account to be able to do this in Chai GPD or a pro account plus account whatever. It doesn’t really matter. So it’s doing all these for you to then basically copy and paste this these scenes into uh your video express account. and I’ll show you where to copy and paste it. Now, the other thing I’m going to do in the next step is if you have u the non-free account, let’s say the plus account, right, which is I think $20 a month or a go account if you’re in some parts of the world which is I think $8 a month or something. Let’s say you have one of these accounts. What they introduced a new feature which I’ll show you after this. It’s called the browser control. Okay. Um which is available uh in u the plus accounts right now. They’ll roll it out to free accounts later on. I don’t know. Uh but what this will do is the same structure here that we’ve had. You’ll open up the video express application in the browser within Chad GPT and it’s going to actually copy and paste it in the browser. This is experimental. I’ve been testing with it. It works sometimes where it doesn’t work sometimes. But it’s a good way for you to understand where the future is moving, right? As we head into the direction of complete automation of what we are trying to achieve. Okay. So cool. So let it do it. Let it let it do its thing. Okay. I also want to show you real time that it does take time. You don’t want to rush these things because it’s doing the whole process for us. It’s uh doing the visuals and all these other things and it’s getting us the thing. And you see also it’s doing some research as well to come up with some accurate information uh on trends and stuff like that. It’s up to you. It’s optional. You want the fast one, it does the fast one, it does the small one, the small. Okay. Now the idea is when you go here the cool thing is that on this particular page the video express/ uh workflow page as you can see here um I’ll show you in this particular page if you scroll down to the bottom there’s a copy link you can copy and paste this or you can build with GPT there’s two options why do we have a copy link as well so copy link works because what happened is TGPT moved into a desktop application recently and that desktop application allows you to kind of launch these GPTs from the desktop application itself because you know natively it’s moving more into the work side of things where it’ll do the task for you similar to what claude has been doing but it’s much cheaper to do it with this compared to anthropic. Anthropic is a lot more expensive and um it’s kind of prohibitively expensive really. I mean I’ve done the stuff I’m showing you right now here it was costing me like $50 uh worth of credits and stuff like that in anthropic which is ridiculous. Here it’s kind of like uh here as well included now. Uh so as this is generating the other thing I wanted to mention as well is you can even use the free option. So for example you can let’s say copy this link I can open up a new chat window. Let’s open that up here. So it’s opened up. So let’s say here I remove the pro right I can cut this pro and then I can uh switch the uh options as well right what I wanted to kind of use. So like let’s say for example you wanted to just uh do this. So we can say turn um like we can say like create uh 60second explainer on how Amazon delivers packages within one day let’s say now in this particular case it’s going to be much faster you see this so this is what I was saying you can do both options either it’s going to be the fast option or the slow option sometimes the slow option if it’s you need more accuracy and without many edits you can do that okay so now you see here um what I kind of wanted to explain to you is you see how it says uh copy this text to video prompt with native narration. So it says landscape and all that. So you can uh do this. So if we copy this and we go back into video express. So pay close attention here. There is an option under create with AI. Okay. This option right here. You’re going to click on this and then you’re going to have text to video. Right? This option. And under text to video, you’re going to go and all you’re going to do is click on the advanced option because it’s going to give us the prompts. And then you’re just going to go in there, right click and paste. Okay? And then here, uh, you can click on the advanced mode here. You want to enhance or whatever. It’s up to you. It doesn’t really matter. Share to public. If you want to do it or not, it’s up to you. The idea is that when you check this advanced mode option again, it basically does dynamic uh length. So even though it says 8 seconds sometimes it might come 9 seconds right or it might come 7 seconds. So instead of like abruptly cutting or like uh not not extending by clicking on this it it automatically dynamically does it which is useful for this feature. And then you click create video and then make sure that whatever the format is you have it selected. You see landscape is selected landscape is selected right. So that’s the approach if you will. So you got both options basically is what I’m trying to say. So all right now you come back here and then you can come back to scene two and then you do the same thing. Come back here and then again while that first one was being generated you can come back here paste this again. This is scene number two. Okay click create and then while that is being generated you you can come back here and then uh you can do the next one. Okay depending on your account type in video express uh you can generate like parallel videos as well. Um with the all access account you can do a lot of comparable videos. So while one is being generated you can do the other one. If you have the basic account you can do only one at a time. Uh so since it’s a onetime payment with no credits or monthly fees or anything like that you have a lot of freedom to upgrade into that all access account. Anyways um once you have this workflow anyway so once you clicked on this this is the third sequence and then you come back here and you do the fourth sequence right and then um then let’s do that delete. do this, create pretty straightforward, right? Copy paste, copy paste. Uh, pretty straightforward stuff. Now, why these videos do well is because people want educational videos and educational videos generally get a higher what’s called uh CPM, meaning advertisers are willing to pay more for educational videos than they are for entertainment videos. So, in the previous session, I talked about educational videos and entertaining videos, right? Entertaining videos are good as shorts where you want subscribers to get monetized on YouTube channel. But when you want like let’s say you want targeted buyers to watch your videos or advertisers to spend money on your videos. Let’s say if AdSense is your goal, you want to do that. Okay. And come back here, scroll down. Let’s uh get to this and then right click copy. Create this one. Pretty straightforward, right? Nothing really fancy here. So this is the seventh scene. And then we’re going to come back and see do this, right? Okay. Now, while this is being generated, I also want to go back into the other sequencing where it was doing all that thinking. Remember it did these sequences uh for us right what I can do here this is the beauty of chptd that’s why we’re doing these workflips with chptd um is you can say turn this into 9 by6 shorts video okay so you can do this as well um and uh then it’s going to do that reworking and it’s going to have that intelligence now right so that it it knew what it did in the past and it’s going to basically effectively you see this right it’s going to do this right here Like so you see what I’m saying? So instead of 16×9 now you turn into 9×6 a vertical video. So let’s do that also so that we see both use cases and you’ll see if there’s any mistakes being done in the in the in the workflow so that you know that’s the point of these live streams. It’s not to make it exciting but to see show you what can happen because what with AI due to hallucination even if it’s the best video creation model or most expensive thing out there when you try to create it there is some hallucination. So sometimes, you know, one or two clips might not come good. So you got to go back and edit it. No matter how much money you spend, it’s just the way it is right now. Which is good because it’s going to give a human uh more ability to add uh bring value to the table, right? Effectively, if you think about it, makes more sense if you think about it, right? So uh that is basically the uh goal here. Okay? So that when we come in here, we’re going to change this and then uh it’s going to do that 9×6 thing right now. And it’s going to generate that 60-second thing. And again the idea is the same. What changed here is that for 9 by6 there’s some copyrightiting hooks right we want to make the interest first five seconds interesting and the scene transitions are going to be a lot more uh dramatic. So all that stuff are fed into the chat GPT thing to do that. So when you want it as a vertical the same video it’s going to update that for you. And again you can do that with a free account as well. Sometimes with three accounts, what happens is that that context, right, it the chativity just starts hallucinating a lot more. I don’t know why that’s the case. Maybe they want you to pay or whatever. It doesn’t matter. But it’s my goal to give you the best outcome, right? It’s up to you what account you prefer to use. I don’t really it doesn’t really matter at the end of the day, right? You may have to prompt it a little bit more with a free thing to get it the way you want it. But at the end of the day, it’s the same thing. All right. So, uh, so here you see this, we have these quality checks that I’ve done. This is what I’ve taught it. Okay. So, um, as you can see here, what I’ve done here is narration is complete and naturally paced. One consistent narrator across all scenes. Each prompt is self-contained. One continuous shot per scene, one camera movement per scene, no dependence on previous scenes, meaning that every scene is unique. And this is very important for these um, animation style videos. And stable geometry and lighting, minimal visual clutter, and clear explanatory story arc. Right? These are the things I fed it uh to ensure that every video comes out properly aligned and video comes out well, right? Obviously, so um so even when it does a different style of video, it keeps these uh quality checks in place. So when the video is done, it’s checking that too on the other direction. Okay? So you don’t have to do much checking on your own. So anyway, so while this is uh getting generated, you can do the same thing for this as well, right? In the faster mode. in the faster mode. Again, I’m just going to show you because of the live stream scenario how it’ll appear. See this? It’s going to update it and it’s going to show us the faster one. See vertical and then on and on and on, right? It’s going to give us these little copy and paste toggles under uh it to for us to work with. Okay, it’s pretty straightforward, right? Nothing really fancy there. All right. Now, the other thing if you come back into the application, let’s just bring this uh these uh videos together. So, they’ve generated so far all of these. So if you notice this, these are all in realistic format. Did you notice that? So uh that is another option for you to do and also you can do like walk style videos as well. So that’s something that you want to keep in mind depending on what you’re trying to do. So in the case of like uh uh in these free accounts sometimes it will do these uh kind of things where it might do a realistic style and you want it in 3D style. Okay? So keep this in mind. So when that happens you’re going to prompt it to do it more in the box style, right? And that is the reason why I say sometimes paying for that uh whatever $8 a month or $20 a month is good for the intelligence. But anyway, let’s just take a look at this thing.

    So the audio got placed into the mix as well which I’ll play with uh play to you in a bit so that you know what happens across right. So let’s just uh upload um you know these as well. Let me show you so you understand what I did here. Okay. and how you can uh basically fix some issues that might appear as well in the end. Okay, so let me show you. So one of the things was it’s more realistic in nature not cartoon right so that when that happens right when the text to video basis that happens you’re going to have to make sure that you tell it to do uh walk styles so sometimes these things they don’t clarify clearly right so you’re going to mention that and I’ll show you that in just a second but let me just render this out and show you as well how this will appear in real time okay so I’ll say realistic um narrative video okay and then let’s just export this I’ll play this to you so you can actually visually see how it’s going to appear. Now, when errors like this occur, it generally occurs because of that like I told you, right? The free account uh type thing. This is what I was trying to tell you in the previous training session. It’s worth paying that 20 bucks or eight bucks or whatever it comes to because think of it this way, right? A video used to cost me $500 or so per video and it’s 20 bucks. I mean, you can do unlimited relatively with my workflow, of course. So, that’s the way you want to think about this. And you can do the same thing with clot as well. It’s just that as I said uh before Chad GPD is little bit well in fact substantially cheaper uh than claw and it’s much faster to for a lot of these things. Okay. So anyway so let me show you now uh in this particular case where I have that u more that plus account thing which did it. So let me show you the vertical video set up while that thing was generating and um let me show you the difference. You’ll understand what I mean. So the real speed trick. So let’s go back here and this is the reason why I kind of tell you why these live streams are important. A lot of these YouTubers, they’ll they’ll show you, oh yeah, I did this copy paste and you do it and then this type of thing occurs and you never get to replicate the results. The difference is in what model you’re applying. What actually is it the free account? Is it a paid account? Is it because of uh like a special prompting thing you missed all these matter, okay, these days. Okay. Now, anyway, let’s just save this project. Um, and I’ll say realistic Amazon video, let’s say. And then, uh, let’s open up a new one. And in this particular case, I’m going to pick vertical video. Remember I showed you? So, let’s just pick the vertical option. And then what we’re going to do is do the same thing. And then I’m going to go with create with AI here on the right. And then I’m going to click on um text to video. And then now I’m going to go to advanced again. And right click and paste this. Okay. Now, what’s different here? Okay. Check this out. What happened here? It says modern editorial coll uh collage animation design for a shorts video. Okay. You see it did that. So keep this in mind. Okay, these little details do matter ironically enough. Okay, and um you can just um create this and then I’ll show you the difference between this and also what happens when you just do advanced mode as well. Okay, let’s do both of these so you understand uh what’s happening behind the scenes. Okay, I’ll remove you can automatically enhance the prompt as well. It’s not a big deal. So click create. So what automatically enhanced prompt will do is sometimes these things are gibberish, right? One continuous 8-second shot vertical 9×6. This is not important, okay? because it’s a given right obviously it’s a given that it’s going to generate this in this format which I GP sometime sometimes ends up adding in for no reason at all okay so uh you see that a neutral North American accent says this so this is basically where the narration will happen within the uh video itself okay so that’s the basic idea so now let me show uh this to you so if we go in uh this realistic narrative video I’ll show you the logic behind it okay so let’s just save this and I’m going to upload this in so you can see it uh how this video appears which what I showed you right one of the things is because I use the free account and this is what’s going to happen and this is what’s probably happening for a lot of people out there which I noticed as well when we’re doing it with beta testers and stuff is they’ll use the free account and they won’t be able to replicate the same thing that we show uh many of the times and so anyway let’s play this one you’ll see what I mean by voice over in the video okay that’s what we did in video express in the new millions of packages reach customers in just one day that speed starts long before you place an

    Popular products are stored in fulfillment centers close to where customers live, reducing the distance every package travels.

    After you click buy now, software selects the best fulfillment center and immediately sends picking instructions throughout the building. Packages travel through sorting centers before moving by vans, trucks, airplanes, or regional delivery stations toward their destination. Fast delivery is the result of forecasting, automation, transportation, and careful planning, working together from warehouse to your doorstep. Local delivery drivers receive optimized routes, helping them deliver many packages efficiently throughout neighborhoods every single day.

    All right, pretty cool, right? So now this is the reason why we want to actually test things properly because often times to what we see to what happens it often times does not do a good job of it. Okay, these are the things with uh these things you want to basically keep in mind. All right, so now let me share my screen here real quick. I’ll show you something else so you understand because this is why we do these live streams so you understand learn what’s happening how AI actually works what are the uh implications of you’re not doing it properly and stuff like that okay so remember I showed you so if you come here let me play this okay you’ll understand

    so this is the video that came now notice something right when I did this vertical 9×6 shot it still did in this format Why did it do that? Well, it did it because of my error. Okay, user error. So, go back here in text to video. What I did is even though the prompt was correct, I should have chosen vertical 9×6 which I didn’t do. Okay, these are the things you got to understand. So, often times even though the prompt is right, the setting is wrong in the application. Ain’t going to help you. Okay, so anyway, what I’m going to show you is you see how the prompting structure changed the video style now and but I got the style I wanted. Right. So, let’s check this one out here real quick. So, I’ll play this video so you can see it as well. Let me just download this real quick. Um, so you can see it so that you understand why it’s so powerful to have the voice within the video like we do within video express. Then I’ll show you how you can systemize this whole thing. Watch.

    One day delivery starts long before you click buy. The real trick is distance. Keep likely purchases already nearby. You see that? So what happened is in the prompt itself. Okay, let me play this again. Um, in the prompt itself, the voice is existing because I prompted it to speak this and Chad GPT gave me that as well with the workflow that I gave you, which if you join late, you can get it for free here. You’re going to need video express. You’re going to need Chad GPT to use this. All right, so in that link for free. All right. So, you see that? So, let me play one more time. So, you see Amazon’s one day delivery starts long before you click buy. The real trick is distance. Keep likely purchases already nearby. Do you see that? So what was the difference? The difference was in the free account it doesn’t think even though I gave it all the instructions. In the plus account it tinks. It’s only difference actually. All right. So you get the point, right? So now let me just do this whole workflow now and I’ll show you how this workflow would work on a vertical video. Cool. And then you understand this process um in a nutshell and then we’ll walk you through and I’ll explain to you that as well. And I’ll show you another cool trick you can do to have video express you take over the browser um and be able to kind of do this automatically. Okay. So let me show you this uh as well in the application now so you understand this and you can um play around with it so that it gives you a better understanding of these things. Okay. Um because it’s all within the application. So you want to make sure that you understand the logic behind it. If you don’t understand the logic even if it does it automatically you kind of miss the point, right? and all the updates we make, we keep this logic in mind when we do these these workflows I’m building for you and all that stuff. Keeping this logic in mind. All right, let’s go back to um my GPT account. So here we go. Okay, this is um right. So let me just copy this. So let me just see what I’m showing you. See, copy this in video text to video. It’s saying right for native narration. So what I’m going to do is I’m going to go one by one each scene and I’m going to copy this. I’m going to go click create uh from prompt create with AI text to video. Okay. And um let’s click here. Click advanced. And then now remember I told you vertical video. We want to make sure. Okay. Click vertical. Right click. Paste. And what I try to do is um in the advanced mode I do tend to try to um enhance my prompt as well. Sometimes it depends. Okay. There’s no hard or fast rule. You can leave it, you can do it. It’s up to you. Okay. Uh the idea is though keep in mind that if your prompt is way too big sometimes it may not come as well. So that’s why I’m always trying to check. So if you check like let me explain you’ll not be able to hear it but when I checked it I did two videos remember. So here this one. Okay let me highlight this so you can see it. This one was where I did not enhance the prompt and this one I enhanced the prompt. Okay so basically right so let’s play this.

    It’s almost the same. It didn’t change at all in my opinion. Just this one had a little bit better animation when I enhanced it. So it all depends. So let’s do that because in this particular case it did do so. So let’s place this prompt again. And I’ll select advanced mode. Okay. And then what I’m going to do is I’m going to and keep this selected automatically enhance my video prompt. Okay. It’s all depending on your testing because every style is different. Landscape is different from vertical is different. So I’m selecting vertical here. It’s quite different across the board, right? So anyway, let’s just create this and then let’s go to the next one and let’s do this process step by step. Copy and then um right click paste create and then copy. Come back. What I’m doing is control C or command C, command V. Okay. Uh basically if you’re using the Mac, right? Pretty straightforward. So come back here, create, and then um come back here, create. You I think I believe you can do up to uh five at once or so uh if you have the all access account at once since by the time you copy paste the one or two videos should be able to be finished. It’s so fast in video express. Um so that’s pretty cool. So click create and then um well let’s come downstairs down here. Let’s go to scene six. Copy scene six. Uh copy paste and then come back here. All the settings are saved, right? So it’s easy to copy paste basically. Okay. And notice one thing unlike the create video from prompt option right here. Create video from prompt option where consistent character and all that stuff is important. We don’t have to really select 3D style or 2D style or realistic style and anything. The prompt itself, this section does all the work for us. Okay, very important. So you understand? All right. So is that clear now? Okay, you’re following along. So now what we did so far is the vertical video. See? So first one is being generated here as you can see pretty fast. So now when you go back here to media uh library. So you see all the videos are being generated here. So now what I can do right is uh I can come in and I can drag and drop these into the timeline like so. You see now it came as vertical. Did you notice the error was before 16×9 cuz I selected incorrectly. So now let’s drag all these things to the timeline one by one. Um, and then let’s um put these up here like so. And then um uh let me show you something cool here. And then this way. And then these these um like these some of these are also pending. So 1 2 3 4 five of these are pending. So um let’s pull them as well here uh as they get created. And the other thing I did here is not all of them will be uniform. Okay, very important. Like meaning there’s going to be some scenes are going to be 3 seconds long, some will be 6 seconds long and on and on. Why is that the case? To make it interesting. Okay, it’s so as for a human being, a user who’s going to watch it, a person, they want it interesting, right? They don’t want it to be like boring and uh that sort of thing, right? So, uh that’s the other reason why we do what we do. Okay, in order to ensure uh this is kind of exciting through and through. Okay, cool. So, now let’s drag and drop this one. Uh you can actually go and do this where you can go grab a cup of coffee or you can go for a walk or something and it’s fine too. I mean, up to you or you can go check out something and it doesn’t really matter. It does this uh pretty fast. Anyways, okay. So, this is the last video pending in the workflow. Once I merge them all together, I’m going to give it to you. Now, you’ll notice something. Even though I said 60-second video, okay, even though I said 60-second video, it’s already in the timeline here just past 1 minute. Okay, that is okay, right? Because what I did as a system I told this um uh thing to hey even if it goes higher it is okay because I want it to be interesting. So you can do cropping right you can come and crop it to make it under 1 minute if you want to by just uh using this crop feature but the idea is make it as exciting as possible. Okay. So, since I did it in a rush, maybe one or two scenes might be on here and there, but the idea is that let’s export this thing. And then we’ll say um vertical Amazon video, right? And then um I’ll show you exact. And then you click U there. Cool. So now it’s it’s basically being processed. So the logic here that we are trying to do is depending on the format we want to make sure we prompted that way and we basically go backwards and u do this process. The audio is native to the workflow. Okay. How we manage to get consistency on the text to video is because in the prompt itself we say neutral American voice or whatever. So the the workflow will create that. So that way because it’s AI generated it can maintain it throughout. Now, if you want your own voice, then you can go to create with AI and then you’re going to go to create video from prompt. Okay? And then you’re going to click here and then you see where it says narration video. Okay? In here, you can link it with clone voice.ai and other applications of ours, right? And then you can basically create consistent voice, consistent character videos with your voice cuz it has to the cloning part. But if you just want AI generated voice where it’s going to do a radio broadcaster voice or it’s going to do let’s say a specific style, you could do the text to video option with the with the image to video aspect here. It gives you a little bit more control with consistent character and stuff. And in that case, basically this narration video is a better bet to be able to do that if you want your voice. If you don’t want to use your voice, well, it it’s not needed, right? You just follow what I just explained to you. Uh just extra steps obviously, right? So anyway, so now the video, let’s see if is it done? Is it done? Cool. So now this is done. Let’s just take a look how this looks like. Again, I did it in real time, so it could not be perfect also. But it’s good idea for us to know if we made any mistakes, right? So that’s very important. All right. So let’s just see how this video looks like. All right. So let’s play this thing.

    One day delivery starts long before you click buy. The real trick is distance. Keep likely purchases already nearby. Amazon’s one-day delivery starts long before you click buy. The real trick is distance. Keep likely purchases already nearby. Amazon’s one-day delivery starts long before you click buy. The real trick is distance. Keep likely purchases already nearby. Forecasting systems predict what each region may need, then place popular inventory in fulfillment centers close to local customers. When an order arrives, software selects a nearby facility. Robots move storage pods while associates pick, scan, and pack the item. It travels through the middle mile by truck and sometimes aircraft toward a delivery station near your neighborhood. The labeled package joins conveyors and scanners that sort it by destination, then send it toward the correct outbound trailer. At the delivery station, packages are grouped by driver route. Routing systems organize stops using locations, traffic, and weather patterns. A driver follows the optimized sequence to your door. One day delivery works because inventory, people, machines, and timing move as one coordinated system. Pretty cool, right? Did you notice one interesting thing there? Because of me dragging and dropping it very quickly, one of the sequences had that southern accent, but otherwise it’s very neutralized accent. And in the prompting to make it exciting, it’s showing male and female voice. So if you want, you can go back. I’ll show you. Okay, pretty cool. So you can say in here basically it’s the same logic. We can say something like I’ll show you in this uh thing to make sure that the voice is consistent, right? We can say make uh uh change the prompts to I’ll show you in my screen one more time. You can’t see my screen obviously. So let me share my screen. So here so you can say make the prompts in the GPT I created for you. Okay. Uh which was in the workflow page, right? So this one this one right here. So in the GPT that you see you can come back here and you can change the prompts to ensure the voice is consistent. um example neutral American male voice right so we can even put like 25 25 year old um uh uh we can say something like um excited trailer like right and then you do it so what it’s going to is going to change all the prompting structures again for you to copy and paste and keeps that consistent or you can move it around at the end of the day you want to make it as exciting as possible. Right? So that’s the basic idea of why we do the GPT along CH GPT effectively to kind of be able to edit these things to come back and paste it. Now the other cool thing that you could do, okay, which uh I’ve been experimenting with as time goes on, I’m going to kind of walk you through this stuff uh more. Okay, obviously is um Chad GPT created a new feature when you download it, right? The desktop application uh called browser. Okay. So, kind of let me show you how it works to kind of understand it a little bit better. And I’ll actually open up one of my um my Macs here so that you can kind of see cuz I have my other computer. I’ll show you how it works in real time, especially on a copy paste uh basis. Okay. So, how this works is you can go to Google right now and I’ll show you. So, you can go to Google and let me show you this. Actually, let me go to Google and you’re going to go and say chat GBD desktop app. Okay, this is going to be on Mac, Windows, whatever. I’ll show you in desktop, in the Windows, and I’ll also show you my Mac because some of you might have a Mac, some of you have Windows. Where does it appear regardless? Okay, the reason why is I don’t want to be left out here in terms of the compatibility stuff. Okay, so you’re just going to go download this Mac OS or Windows uh depending on which uh uh device you’re using. And then once you download it, let me show you the Windows thing right now so you can see it. Uh actually, let me open this up here. One sec. All right. So, in the Windows thing, you can come I’ll show you. Um, it’s going to appear like this. Okay. And like this, right? It’s going to be like this. It’s a blank project. It’s going to ask you for project and all that. Leave it for now. It’s going to also say uh approval. You can say approve for me is the manual option. So, you can say approve for me uh instead of full access. But if you’re a desktop, I’d rather you pick approve for me. Uh so, it’ll do it. You can pick whatever model you want to do. doesn’t really matter uh at this point in time. So if you toggle your side panel on the top right here, okay, in the top like this part right here on the top, you see it’s going to say browser right here. So this is a new feature they released just I think couple of days ago and that’s why I wanted to be in the forefront of AI, right? If you click on this, it’s going to allow you to open up anything. So let’s say VideoExpress.ai, right? You can open up Video Express like so. Okay. Now, what you can do here is you can say something like Okay. And this is what uh I’m kind of training this thing to do with uh this is still in the works. Let’s say not perfect. So, what we can do, let me show you. We can go back and um so let’s say like so, right? And um let me show you. Okay, let me see here. Okay, it generated this to me, right? for example, the scene thing right here, this vertical video. So, what you can say is come here just um in this chat. Let me actually show this a little bit better for you. All right. So, in the chat, okay, and I’m going to change myself slightly so you can clearly see this better. All right, cool. So, in the chat, you’re going to say something like this. You’re going to say

    you can’t still see it, right? So, let me remove myself and do it. All right. Cool. So, here you’re going to say something like this. Okay. Open up um the video express app in the browser and then open text to video option and paste this prompt under advanced um uh selection and then uh and hit generate. Okay. And then you’re just going to right click and copy and paste this. Okay. There we go. And you can test this. Okay. See what it’s going to do on the right. Okay. Uh, pretty cool. All right. So, let me uh bring myself here a little bit. My tiny version of me. Okay. Let’s say actually this one. All right. So, what is doing is I’m using the inab browser control because this task depends on interacting with the video express page that’s already open. I’ll navigate to the text video. place the prompt in advance and start generation. Okay, there we go. You see to the right, it opened up the screen the right over there. Okay, are you following along? So, this is where automation will be done as time goes on. And because of the fact that we’re not charging any credits or any uh monthly fees and stuff like that with the uh V Express, you can kind of use this to kind of make it do stuff for you and effectively. And you can even do where you can make it do multiple things for you. See there what it’s doing there um on its own. Okay. Right now this feature is only available for the plus accounts uh with a with a browser control thing. Um so it’s a good idea for you to upgrade it just to check it out. Uh but as time goes on I’m sure they’re going to release it for the free accounts as well. But you see this. So it generated the video for me on the fly. Okay. So it’s pretty pretty cool, right? And now what you can do on top of that is check this one out. Okay. And um it’s pretty cool. So this is what I’m saying uh which is even better is you can share this um let’s actually do this one right here. You can go to the workflows that I have for you and you can share this uh conversation if you want or even the workflow itself. Okay. And you can give it to go one by one. Okay. So for example what you could do is uh for instance you can say something like uh give Chad GPT browser um an option browser the instructions to launch uh these one by um let’s basically launch the browser

    uh and uh and Open uh video express app text to video mode and advanced mode checked with 9×6 vertical option selected. Right. And uh do all the seams text to video prompts one by one automatically. Okay. uh give me the uh it’s basically like give give me the format to easily copy and paste right so you can do this in the GPT so right now one of the problems is that uh if you have a GPT to basically load the GPT in the um account is not that easy because it’s more web web based style right so it gives you the style here it’s going to take a couple of seconds uh to basically do it then you can just paste that file right it’s going to be a markdown what’s called markdown Okay, which is like a txt text file, right? Copy and paste it. It’s going to do that. It’s still work in progress because um you know it’s it’s kind of like finicky but it’s good to know where the future is headed correct on this uh direction as the browser control is uh going into this u fashion right now. And the other advantage with this is that um for example is that as we also modify video express into newer versions uh this will become even more powerful right because uh now we know how AI has vision now and it is doing actions on the screen. We now can kind of you know

    make the application a little bit more compatible with this which our guys and our team gals in our team are working on. So it’s going to be pretty powerful as time goes on. Is that exciting or what? Right. So it’s doing that now. Right. So uh while it’s doing it, I’ll show you another uh pretty cool thing that uh um is being done here. Just to give me a sec while I load up. So this is basically done in the Windows uh in the Mac 2. I have a Mac app. I’ll actually show you right now so you can see it. Um let me open that up. One sec here. Um yeah. So all right cool. So let me show you in the Mac app and I’m I’m I’m going to show you uh a virtual window that I have in Mac obviously. So let’s open this up. So this is my Mac basically. Um you see this same logic. Okay. And it’s going to uh first step it’s going to say import data from your Chrome if you want to have any Chrome in your passwords or uh passwords or something. And then my Mac is the same logic. Right. So uh the idea is that it only works for desktops in particular and I asked it would this work for free chat accounts. It’s like no not the full automated workflow. Free accounts can try only limited tasks right built-in automation is currently excluded from the free and the go plans. That’s what it told me but anyway it’s going to get to this eventually even in the free plans right so what it did is opened up the browser in my Mac and again it pasted this thing and it generated an image for me automatically and stuff like that. So as we go into this direction, it’s going to be pretty powerful, right? If you can imagine. So I did the same thing. I open up the browser in my Mac uh right here that you can see. And then I opened up uh app the video express. I logged into the app and then I told it go open this stuff and do this for me. Correct? So you see it from now from a systems thinking perspective how you can now uh make these AI tools we say like CHP whatever to take over your browser and the GPTs I’m building for you you can make it do the tasks right and everybody’s computer is different everybody’s style is different so browser is way better than if it is going to be in any other way in my opinion because sometimes you know with APIs and some of these things it might get very complicated for you uh as you start calling it and you need some coding knowledge and all that kind of stuff at that point. This is more easier for us all to understand. So anyway, so let me go back here and um so now that’s exactly what I’m trying to tell it to do. So I’m telling it to give instructions in a way in this GPT for uh the actual uh desktop application here to understand and one by one paste each of these. So in other words, all it’s doing is where let’s say if it was um you know if you go up here, let’s say it was um you know scene number two here. So we go here, we copy this. All it is telling it to do is uh do the same process for this prompt, right? You see how I’m asking it right now and I’m pasting this prompt. That’s exactly what I’m telling it to do automatically basically. Okay, does that make sense? So now watch what happens. Okay, so uh up here um it’s basically going to pay close attention to here. Okay, so right here as you can see. So, and and it’s basically telling me right now I’m using the same inapp browser and um and um browser workflow again. I’ll reopen and use the advanced thing and I’m doing the same thing is what it’s telling me. Okay, effectively. So, you don’t need a lot of intelligence for it. It’s just you’re telling it to kind of go do this for me, right? And keep continue doing this for me. Okay, now this is me asking it again and again. What I’m telling it to do in the other window, right, the GPT is simplify this further, right? Uh you see that it just created the video and it did the video for me now. Um and it’s basically kind of finished. As you can see here, it’s done here. It says, but let’s go and see if the video is done. H yeah, cool. See, video is done. See this right here. So this um this this video right here. Okay, I play it. So this is the video I generated so far. Okay, you see so you can do it basically with the desktop. That’s the cool thing as we get into this direction, right? And there’s another video that’s being generated here on the right um effectively. Okay, so uh if I go back here uh let me see if our Yeah, see this this is what we like to call an instruction, right? So um like check this out. Task automatically create seven authorization. I authorize you to do this blah blah blah and on and on right so copy this just this little uh copy option this one on the top that’s why I said give it to me easy copy and paste option so you can copy it and this is what I was trying to say it’s experimental because sometimes it works sometimes it doesn’t but it’s good idea to know where the future of video creation is headed right it’s not video editing tools but rather these things where these AI uh tools or agents they like to call it will do the work for us okay so if I open up my uh brow uh my uh application here and then I’ll again change myself slightly a little bit so you can see the screen better. Um let me see here. Pretty interesting. So let me do it this way. Yeah. So let me just paste this whole instruction format. It’s going to say showing the text field or whatever doesn’t really matter. So there we go. We’ve done it. Click on uh send. Okay. And then it’s doing the thinking now, right? And it’s what is it saying here? I’ll read the attach task instructions first. Then carry out the requested video express workflow in the app browser. I’m using the browser control skill because this requires repeated interaction with the live video express UI right and then now it’s going to basically take those prompts and one by one uh basically go in and do it right uh in the application does that make sense so that is the general idea of what we are trying to do one by one it doesn’t do it like a human that’s the problem so sometimes it’s no it’s going to be very finicky on how it does it see now it opened up the text to video so let me uh put myself on the screen right now so you can see it uh better. So, well, let me do this this way. Right. So, you see this right now what it did um it opened up went to advanced tab right on the right and I I don’t have it open. See like my hands area here I’m not doing anything. So, uh basically it’s uh uh it’s kind of going into the function now and kind of copy and pasting it one by one. It’s going to take some time but the logic is it’s going to do everything um on its own on the desktop uh as well right and that’s what the browser automation is. So as I build more uh automations and stuff, we can improve it. But the thing is even the application side, we are kind of working on some cool things to kind of simplify this a little bit. But you do see where the future is headed, right? Like if you think about it. So I have my hands right here. See? And that’s hiding anything. So just so you know that like uh it’s just doing everything on its own, right? So uh basically this is where the future is headed to. The idea though which I’m trying to um drive home now is that as we know these things can do very rudimentary copy paste type of jobs uh very rudimentary like you know go here do this type of task right very straightforward stuff but the thinking part still comes from us mainly in a sense that if you’re not satisfied with something uh you have to go and tell it to fix it because the end person who’s actually uh watching it uh is basically going to be a human. It’s not an AI uh person, right? So, just keep this in mind um as you uh play around with it, right? And sometimes it’s going to do some of these things on its own. So, just be careful. Okay? Now, here you see this what um I wanted to show you is that in order to prevent abuse of this thing, we do put like for you to wait until other videos can be made. So, watch out for that as well. uh because of the problem is like a lot of people will come in and then like thousands of videos like this it just doesn’t make sense. So what we are trying to do as well is we’ll probably allow this uh to be happening where we change the pricing structure a little bit for people. If you want this level of automation down the line uh we’re still thinking how to price this because uh it’s it’s just not practical for us where thousands of videos can be made every second by user. We don’t have many GPU servers um as well. We’re not like an open AI uh kind of company and so it’ll be something where we’re still thinking on how to go about doing it but you see where the future is headed right on this uh direction and where the computer will be taken over and you know a lot of the cool things can be done on the browser end um and uh that’s why we are kind of like thinking how to go go and do it in such a way where you know everybody benefits on it but at the same time it makes it economically viable for us because of our pricing um structure and all that stuff. it doesn’t make sense for us to do it without some type of u pricing structure that makes sense. So if you’re interested in this type of thing do let us know to be a beta tester so we can track this thing uh stand goes on from this direction and make it viable across from us and yours. So the last thing we want is like uh it takes hours to generate these right which is not practical. So do let us know uh if you want to be a beta tester for this stuff which we’re working with GPD and openAI uh people for more integration stuff like this uh for our applications. So it’s pretty cool though right if you think about it. So for the logic though you see how we started with a manual process and now it worked really well then we kind of went in a little bit deeper and then we uh did the uh direction of like the automation here where it’s generating all these videos you see here on the on my right on its own. You see? So the logic started for you to understand what video works well which the workflow does and then bring it to the automation side of things. Right? So that’s the basic idea and I just want to be very clear with you because I don’t want to uh be um there. If you look at every other application in the marketplace, one of the main things they all do is they charge credits, they charge tokens, they charge monthly fees on top, they charge uh extra throughput where like if you want parallel generations, it costs you more money, you have to pay extra and stuff like that. Uh the reason why that’s the case is that GPU servers, these Nvidia servers are like millions of dollars right now. Even to buy eight of them right now cost like uh just recently we got a code which for $300,000 and one person uses up all eight if it’s eight generations. Okay. So let’s say for example you go in in the browser and it’s clicking clicking clicking that’s eight uh of these million dollar servers, right? So meaning eight in one is a million dollars or so that it costs. um just one server cost about 50,000 when you link it together into eight can go all the way once installed in the data center with electricity and all that cost so much. This is the reason why Chad GPT closed down Sora, right? Uh their video platform cuz it’s not viable for them economically even though they have billions, hundreds of billions of dollars in venture capital and stuff, right? So, uh when you’re interested in beta tester, let us know. Email us in the support email. We’ll uh because we want to figure out how to price this thing properly as time goes on because it won’t be included um the ability to generate thousands of videos obviously, right? So, some type of a system in place where we may have to charge credits or something like that down the line as future heads into this direction. Okay, we’re still thinking. We’re not sure. Uh so do let us know if you want to be a beta tester on this on that email that I posted up there. But it’s a good idea to understand this right as we head into this direction. Um and that’s the reason why you you keep hearing where somebody in YouTube says, “Hey, you know, I created a video. Hands up. I’m an influencer. I did it like where you see dance or something and I created like a 5-minute video.” And then you ask him how many tokens, how much how much in credits it cost them. And they’ll say it cost them $500. Cost them $300, right? And so this is the reason why for us to make it uh affordable but at the same time practical uh we want to make sure that first of all the quality is maintained and second of all it’s done in such a way where it is uh helpful right for you as well and it makes it economically viable for us. So you don’t we don’t disappear like 2 months later cuz it keeps crashing our servers and stuff uh cuz one person is using up like thousand people’s worth of uh usage let’s say right uh it doesn’t make any sense. So anyway that but this is a good way for you to understand the future. Okay. So if you see the practical uh sense of this it generates us all the videos. Now you see on the right it’s doing all the stuff. Now all you got to do is you can have it even merge it into the timeline and create the video if you want to or you can drag and drop it yourself manually. Now to put it in perspective if I come back here. This is my actual other browser. Okay. Um if you see let me show you this browser. Um so here if you see under media library here all these videos are being made so you’ll see what I’m talking about uh what is being done in that other browser within Chad GPT. Okay, you see these videos, it’s Chad videos building it and you’ll notice it. Um, if I open up here, see this video is finished. You see, just let me show you. Highlight it. So, this video is finished. Then, um, if you come back here. Okay. Uh, oops. Let me pull this up. Come back here. This video is finished here. You see? Because it’s the same account that I kind of did it with. So, that’s the basic idea as well. Okay. Pretty clear, right? So, that’s the basic idea of how we are trying to look at the automation side of things. But you got to understand though or the logic of it uh from a step-by-step standpoint. Okay. So, uh that’s the general idea. Okay, does that make sense? So, now you can get an understanding of this. So, in this uh this one, what I would suggest uh we did this option, I want to show you this. So, because characters don’t mean anything. What we are really asking for, I want to talk about here. Um so, let me kind of explain this a little bit better. So, characters don’t mean anything. What you have to really do is dynamically update it. So what we did even in the create with AI right where there is um lip sync HD option here okay um and even in the case of uh video uh and audio prompt if you followed my other trainings you’ll know we created something called the advanced mode what this will do okay is you see how we have like 12 uh 10 seconds or something like that limit now what we do and this is quite critical for you to understand is that it dynamically updates It’s the length. Okay. Sometimes, you know, some voices are too fast. Some voices, let’s say Australian accent or British accent might be a little bit slower than the American accent, right? So, even though it might be characters, it means nothing, if the length dynamically changes based on the speech uh speed. Correct? So, the better way to do it is regardless of what you put in the prompt, it’ll dynamically update it. Same thing applies even what I just explained to you where if you go into the advanced mode, you select the advanced mode, okay? and you go in here and then um you you have this right here. You see? And then you pick on this option. Okay, this advanced mode option. I’ll show you this. And then click on it. But do not turn on this. Okay, do not turn on this manual. Do not. Okay, if you just turn on this, you can enhance the problem if you want to or don’t want it. Doesn’t matter. But if it’s just the advanced mode is checked, we have a mechanism where it dynamically updates. So instead of characters, it focuses more on the length. Okay, very important because what happens is that I could have 115 characters like you suggested and then what will happen is in that scene an American accent will be let’s say 9 seconds long Australian accent will be 11 seconds long and so on and so forth and it will not fit that length here right so dynamically adjust it for you which is what you want okay so make sure you use this mode rather than looking at character lengths and stuff because the scene has to make match right has to make sense has to be good quality So that’s the goal. Okay. And um and u uh this is the other thing that’s thank you so much for Christine here. Right. The main thing I’m trying to explain uh folks is what’s happening across right now is that um the technology is moving so fast and these companies if you will if you will these companies like Chad GPT and these other folks are like literally subsidizing their plans, right? Like meaning they’re losing money on these accounts. So you might as well leverage it, right? these browser tools and stuff like that. We don’t have the capability cuz it’s not like we go in and banks are like JP Morgan and stuff are lending us billions of dollars right and so if you look at it us or seed dance and cling and some of these platforms which do video and audio and stuff 11 labs is another one uh they all don’t have that capability although they raise a lot of money too but they don’t have liked kind of capability so uh ability so what’s happening is that we can subsidize it effectively we still want you to use the state-of-the-art the highest generation stuff but at the same time. We want to make sure that it’s viable for us uh so it doesn’t you know uh it doesn’t become a situation where uh we disappear right because it’s not viable or it slows down your generation which is the worst part even worse than that uh where you want like some person comes and then they’re like just for fun of it oh I’m just going to generate thousand videos in a minute yeah we do have thousand servers maybe but that for that one person we spend let’s say $10 million worth of uh expense on that it doesn’t make any sense right cuz to have thousand servers that’s the kind of money you got to spend and in the power of it, right? Even if you’re a genius in terms of optimizing, which we do, um because every video goes through one server for us, just for reference, okay? Each server cost about $40,000 right now. You don’t believe me? Hey, let’s ask our buddy Chad GPT right here. Okay? Uh because a lot of the times people don’t understand and they came uh they get uh frustrated. All right, so let’s just do this instant, right? I’ll just ask it. Instant whatever. Uh how much does an Nvidia uh B200 is the service we use? um server cost uh each and how much does a rack of AEX um servers cost, right? And it’ll tell you right now. Okay, there we go. So, you see this like eight uh servers, right? Which is what we kind of have to use because that’s the minimum they want us to buy. They don’t sell them individually. Uh it cost $500,000 just to buy them. Now to install them in the data center and the you know like the uh uh server racks and then all that all in cost you got to double it right so uh what’s the total cost of 8x uh B200 GPUs fully installed in a data center okay because it’s very important people understand because sometimes people well I want everything for free well it doesn’t work like that in real life I wish it was um so you see this right uh like about $700,000 give or take And then on top of that uh you’re looking at you know electricity and stuff right so all in node 800k you add other things right power of the rack and all that you see it’s like a million dollars for like all in like 800k at least now that’s that it’s only eight renders at a time you understand so let’s say we want to buy um how much would um 100 of these cost allin cost right in a data center uh plus monthly costs for posting. Okay, this is the level we had to spend these days. You understand? So when you talk about quality, you don’t fool around here. You see this 45 to 52 million. Okay, and this infinity band and this and that install hard or 50 million right here. Okay. And uh it requires at least a 1.3 megawatt what facility of power and uh that’s going to cost at the bare minimum like 200 grand a month, $200,000. Okay, this is the reason why OpenAI cancelled Sora. Okay, um they kind of said you’re not going to pay this kind of money for video stuff. It’s easier to just do text. Okay, it’s going to be less intensive. Um and it’s easier to subsidize for it as well. Okay, just understand because uh we are trying to think about it like where we want to give you results, the outcomes and we want to um you know basically give you the best of the best stuff but also at the same time this is the level of stuff we’re spending investing behind the scenes right tens of millions of dollars behind the scenes. Uh right now we have a mix of the older generation, some of the newer generation, we have some optimizations in uh on top of that and all that. But if one user comes and they do 100 videos, it’s 100 servers launching, right? Each whether it’s done in 30 seconds, 1 minute is irrelevant, right? So this is the reason why everybody moved into credit system, monthly system and stuff like that. And credits on top of monthly, on top of throughput like let’s say you want to do five parallel generations, you got to spend more, right? You want to do more than one, you’re going to pay more. like when you go into say uh you know some of these chat GPT accounts and stuff and you try to generate one image it will not allow you to sec generate a second image until the first image creates right it takes you two to three minutes let’s say this is done on design by purpose okay for this reason okay so yeah anyway to kind of summarize this video uh so I I want to make it short and sweet and stuff like that what we discuss right now is uh if you will is this workflow that I created for you where you can come in and go into this page page uh which is this vdexpress.ai/workflow and then um you can effectively go to this page and then up here if you scroll down you’re going to see this um right here uh part which is going to be this motion graphics animation workflow. Okay. And just make sure if you’re doing it in um in text to video style that you force JB to generate it in that 3D style or paper cutout style or collage style whatever it is that you want to do. Okay? because motion graphics means many different things and that’s why I made it a little bit more generic so you can kind of guide it a little bit to get what you want. Okay. And then um you’re going to come and you’re going to click on this uh build uh with GPT option right here on that page. And then you’re going to come into the GPT. Okay. And then um you’re going to open up like this and you can work with it. And of course of course as I mentioned before it’s going to generate us uh the whole flow. It’s going to do this one continuous shot and whatever whatever in prompting. Okay. And it’s going to just basically do 9×6 or 16×9 that you can just copy and paste. You’re going to be easy copy and paste options like so for you to copy and paste into GBT. Now in here you’ll notice something I have like the like the pro account selected or plus account. You can just use the plus account is good enough. The free account I just want to be clear is not as intelligent. So it may not be that easy for you to replicate what I’m trying to show you. So just keep this in mind as technology is improving. Uh it’s a good idea for you to upgrade at some point. Uh pay for a month or two, 20 bucks. Like it’s better than Netflix, right? At least you get some value out of it to build videos. And what would have cost $800 to create one video with a video editor? You can do that now literally with video express and uh this tool uh for like peanuts, right? For nothing. Um so basically that’s the idea. Now the second thing I I also explained to you as a part of the workflow is that um as time is going on um as you can see in my uh Mac as well as my um uh Windows computer here it’s going into this browser task right so as time goes on let me actually pull this up here so you can open up your browsers and you can basically do the automation by opening up uh appwexpress.ai AI right like what we have here okay and then it can basically uh do each of these scenes uh on its own and it’s going to generate and it’s doing that one by one by one okay and you can go to bed can do whatever let it do its thing okay um right now video express does have some parallel generation limits so keep that in mind I think three to five videos depending on um your account type if it’s the basic account it’s probably one video at a time but you can tell it wait until one video finishes before you start another video in the chat here okay so it’ll do that Okay, as an example, so intelligence is being done this way. One of the things that we have been focusing on internally as well, which I kind of wanted to explain right now is that as automation goes into this direction, uh a lot of the uh stuff is when we say work, okay, if I write this down here, say work, okay, it is actually basically what drives results for you. Okay. And so what we have to do internally in my own end which I’m planning on doing over the coming weeks and stuff is test right test across my other YouTube accounts, Instagram accounts and stuff like that. Uh we get you know in a year billions of views let’s say and if we do that what is working what is not working right now and then only what’s working we create an automation like what is shown here. Correct? So we automate. So if I basically put it as a different uh font here. So we automate what works. Okay. It’s not just about telling uh Chad GPD build a video. It’s about telling it build this type of video in this format and don’t do this do this. That’s my job. Okay. I’ll my team and I we have like 12 people now, right? 12 people. All we do is all day long test these things across. This is working this is not working. Uh what can we do really well? What can’t we do really well? uh vertical video for this style, horizontal videos with style and we’re building these workflows for you. Okay? Uh with time, it’s going to be even better and better with time and getting improved upon. But just keep in mind that the future is headed where we are going into the work side of things now. Okay? It’s not just about research. It’s not just about asking it to write some scripts. It’s about telling it, hey, open up the application and do this work for me. So now two things are important. Okay? The application that you use better be good, which is video express in this case. The second thing is the support you get from people like me is also good where they’re on top of um the stuff right we’re really really on the cutting edge of technology and the third thing which is probably the most important thing is that it is affordable okay and that’s the thing that takes us a long time to figure out how do we make it affordable for everyday people like yourself and um not like a corporate enterprise like for example it’s easy if let’s say your employer is paying for an account right then uh they can pay for the $200 a month account or they can pay for like the seed dance 2 which costs like $4 for like one video which is like 15 seconds long, 10 seconds long or something, right? And then you got to test it out. Not all videos are good. So every video you create costs more money. Easy. But when you’re a person who wants to try stuff before you believe in it that it’s actually generating you revenue or traffic, leads or sales, then that has to be a situation where the person uh in this case our job is to make it accessible to everybody, right? And so that’s what we’re working on right now internally. We’re doing a lot of tests. We’re working with beta testers. If you ever want to be one of our beta testers, let us know in the email I sent you. Support Express. Really happy to uh uh see how to push it to the limits, so to speak, and uh structure this stuff. Uh but thing is even here this is the thing you got to still build what’s called a system correct okay even if it can do all the thinking the system is very important okay the system the automation as we like to call it has to be very very u to the point uh straightforward and it has to basically work with a structure right so that’s what we’re planning on doing as well okay so uh your homework for Okay, let me give you some homework. Not the best fun, eh? Uh, you didn’t you didn’t expect that, did you? Okay, but no, let’s let’s put some homework here. So, it’s uh actually useful. So, your homework is very simple. Okay. Um, so let’s do that. Your homework will be if I open this up um is to get the desktop application for GPT. Okay, that’s your homework. So, so let’s say uh you’re going to get the desktop app. Okay. Okay. Desktop uh child GPT account. Uh if you’re familiar with cloud, you can kind of do this too. But understand that with their latest models like that Opus 4.8 and like um their Fable 5 or whatever. So expensive you can’t do anything with it before it runs out of uh uh that plan even if you spend a lot of money with it. So you get the desktop app. You open up the browser tab. Okay. The browser is going to be on the top here on the right like so. You open up the browser and you are going to log into your video express account by going to app.videexpress.ai and then you’re going to use my GPT elements, right? You can um basically tell it to you know do one by one or whatever the case is and you can do initially copy and paste but after you get the flow and you get a hang of it, you can basically make it do all of it. Okay? And just keep in mind that there’s going to be parallel generation limits. Keep that in mind. I want to be transparent. So there will be parallel uh generation limits. Um I believe it’s about 3 to five um depending on the uh all access account type you have. Uh if it’s a basic account, you’re going to do only one at a time. So basic uh account equals one video at a time. And I believe it’s uh like 3x to 5x that on the on the uh unlimited/all access. Okay. So you just tell this to Chad GPT. It’s like okay wait uh I think it’s three to five depending on I believe the type like text to video is a little bit more than image to that kind of thing. But anyway you’re going to tell Chad GPT that hey this is the limit. So wait until um one finishes um before uh before you do more. Okay? Does that make sense? That’s why I’m telling it before you begin the other one. Okay, it’s going to do that. It’s going to wait and then it’s going to the next thing and the next thing and the next thing. And as I said, one of the things we’re working on with our beta testers, you can let us know if you want to be one support at video.ai that I left the link on is let me actually put it up actually. This is the link uh this email you let us know is that um what we’re working on is if you really want it automated where you just sleep and it does everything um basically for you but at the same time has that editability component and stuff. We’re working on how to make it viable uh because of the cost of these things. Electricity costs have gone up with the data centers like 30%. Uh RAM and CPU memory and hardware everything has gone up in the last 6 months uh by up to 600%. So meaning let’s say was $300 before it’s like $1,200 $1,300. You must have seen it, right? So it’s impacting everybody not just us. It’s impacting Apple with their iPhones and their MacBooks. They raised prices on that. It’s impacting your cars. It’s impacting everybody. Okay. Uh but the good thing is that we have you in mind. We kept you in mind here to make it affordable. So as time goes on, right, you can be rest assured we are on the cutting edge of these things uh more than anybody else in the industry. Okay? Cuz we’re using this inside and out. We have our own machine learning AI team and all that. So we’re doing all these tests as time goes on to improve the systems and literally push it to the limits. Okay? So that’s your homework. Get the desktop app. It’s going to be here. Going to go to Chad GPT. You’re going to desktop, right? And in the desktop app, you’re going to have two options. I want to show you these two options. If you pull it up here, let me pull this up. Um, you’re going to have this codeex or or chat GPT option. You can use any one of them other codecs. So, like if you come back here, you’re going to be either work or chat, either or up to you, right? So, um, you can do work in my opinion. So, this was what you want to select when you want to do this kind of stuff with browser automation and stuff. Is that clear? uh because the chat is slowly dying out in chat GBD as time goes on. Okay. So yeah. Uh can you plug this in Gemini as well? No. The problem with Gemini is you can’t do this browser stuff right now. And it’s also the other problem with Google seems to be and I want to be transparent because we do this stuff every day. Uh Google has what’s called a TPU. Okay. Uh this is what’s called a tensor processing unit or in simpler terms what that means is their own hardware. Okay. Own hardware. So the problem with Google is they don’t want to use Nvidia’s GPUs or Nvidia service or cutting edge. They want to use their own stuff. So because of that they’re super slow uh to release stuff like this browser stuff and all that. You’d have to wait 3 months, 4 months, 6 months and stuff for Gemini. I I see your point. I’m just trying to tell you that is like the issue with Google is this. So they want to make sure that they save costs and they want to put it in their own hardware. So because of that um the main headache comes because of that logic which is they want to use their own hardware. So because they want to use their own hardware but take 6 months 7 months or whatever to come. Okay. And um the other uh thing as well that I wanted to mention is uh um this this is a good question which is uh say uh I I want to do a video for a law firm 60cond video that answers questions. How do I go about doing it? Shpt, right? You’re going to say make a Q&A style video. Okay, question pops up on the screen and uh you know the answer comes across. In that case though, you don’t even need um uh like video express if it’s just the basic stuff like that, you can probably even just get chat to do an animation style uh video where it’s a Q&A type thing, it can do it. Uh video express is more advanced stuff it can do, you know, can do stuff with animation, people, lip sync, all these other stuff. So it’s way beyond that uh uh thing. The other structure you could do is um you can do it where um person one is talking person two is talking lip sync style video uh one after the other. So in that particular case what I would do is I would go into video express and then I’ll go into uh it can be either or uh let’s say text to video for the sake of argument for speed of explaining this for you. Uh but you see it says actor one script actor two script. So you can say actor one is saying asking a question and then actor two is answering the question. Right? So you’re going to basically click actor two and then this would be the question and then this would be the answer. Okay. So uh basically I can say question whatever how do you uh let’s Gemini question right? Can I use this with Google Gemini right? Um let’s say um can we use it with Gemini is the question and the answer could be not at this time as their uh developments are slow right so that’s the answer you get the point and you can describe the actors uh here okay the actor is this this and the actor two is this this this okay that will be the idea of uh if you want to do it in that a question and answer format okay and um the other uh uh point as well that I want to mention is as we are heading towards u AI doing the work okay what you really need to understand is you need people who understand systems thinking okay and this is what my focus has been uh over the last year or so that’s why I kind of disappear and come back once in a while with these trainings so with systems thinking what are we what we’re trying to do is we’re trying to get AI I in this case Chad or Claude or whatever Gemini was another one which being asked whatever it is we’re trying to get AI to understand a repeatable system. So we want to make it repeatable. Okay. And not every task is repeatable. For example, if I was to trying to create uh let’s say a video for um YouTube and in that particular case I just say create a YouTube video. Well, it can, but then there’s a thumbnail requirement. Then there’s a title. Then there’s description. Uh there’s also in that YouTube video one intros and uh to make it the first 30 seconds interesting. So there’s so many components behind it. So what happens is a video creation is not uh for example one system. It’s not one system. It is tons of many many mini systems. Correct? Subsystems like thumbnail would be one system. title would be one system, right? Uh if I say thumbnail, uh then it’s going to be let’s say long form shorts, right? So shorts is one system and then uh you’re going to have one for the long form content, one is 3D narration style video like we discussed today and then one will be realistic style video tons. Okay, so the trick here is that the the repeatable system is not one system but many systems. Okay. So the job of ours is to test which system is good, which system is there and figure out the subsystems. Which is why if you look at it, I said go and get this workflow. And we go to that page really. Uh let’s go to that page here. You’re going to see a ton of workflows, right? So you’re going to see like you see this here. We say pick the workflow that fixes the bottleneck for you. Uh motion graphics idea to 3D documentary. um 10,000 hours into AI video animation automation like copyrightiting and all that and then we say uh first frame last frame here and then we say 3D animation short film and then we say realistic talking video you see what every one of them is a different subsystem right it cannot be one because AI doesn’t understand right if you don’t stress enough like hey once the video is finished go and give me a download link uh for me to download it doesn’t even know where to give that download link. Should it give it to you such that you can download in your computer? Should it upload it to a Google Drive? Should it email you? It doesn’t even know until you specify. So, a system has to be end to end accounting for it. Like you’re teaching a baby what to do. Okay. Okay. Baby, now go or like let’s say an 8-year-old. Okay. 8-year-old, now go uh to the store. Now go to the second refrigerator on that convenience store. Then you’re going to find in that place you’re going to find um you know let’s say orange juice and it’s going to be two options for orange juices. Then pick the second one which has a little bit of logo with um you know green logos which says I don’t know like uh Del Monty’s orange juice or something and then that instruction has to be step by step. You see if you just say go get orange juice it doesn’t know which orange juice. Where is the orange juice? You see same logic applies here. Uh so the person doing it has to know has to be an expert to be a really really good expert in that stuff and has already built something has already gotten results doing it. It’s not just dabbling with it and then uh repeatably creates that and the only way we found out is each of it becomes its own workflow. Uh and it’s only going to get worse with time because as these things are becoming more intelligent they’re also becoming more stupid in a sense that they become more broad and then you want a specific use case. it starts thinking all kinds of weird uh directions and it wastes a lot of money as well in terms of usage tokens and in terms of time and everything as well. So that’s the beauty for being a part of e express because you get to you know have us do all the trial and error so you can save time, money, resources, energy, everything. Okay, and that’s the other beauty as well. Okay, so do the homework, finish it up, be ready because the future is very exciting here. And as with all feature updates we’re making, we’re going to be moving into this direction where you know uh clone voice cloning will be automated. Uh video express video creation will be automated and also the other part will be the behindthe-scenes logic of what needs to be in a good video in order to get it to get results. Whether it’s an ad campaign video, whether it is entertaining video, it’s an educational video, whatever the use case, each will have its own different elements within it that uh chip will never be good at. Never. It’s impossible. uh because it’s trying to think like a like math 1 plus 1 equals 2 in real life you know when a YouTube video could have everything bad but it was in the right place at the right time leveraging a trend like the FIFA World Cup right now and it might get millions of views for no reason other than that right that trend that’s happening now and these things are not smart enough to understand those things so uh that’s why human is very valuable in the mix okay so that’s the basic idea all right so okay then um this should be the training right now. So, watch out uh for our tutorials page. We’ll upload this replay and also I’ll be creating shorter forms of this and I’ll be sending emails out to you as well. So, watch out your email uh so it’s simpler, easier for you to um add up. These are more Q&A style so they go a little bit longer, but you will see shorter videos as well in the tutorials page of Video Express as well as you’re going to see the shorter form in the emails that we send out to you and stuff. So, watch out for our emails, okay? It’ll come from Video Express or myself, Paul Honer, or whoever it doesn’t matter. You’ll see it, okay? Um uh these things as well. So that said, thank you for being here. Have a great weekend and I hope you enjoy this. Hope you understood the logic behind it and we want to make you the masters of this stuff. Then you want to you spend that time to learn it from me here which is valuable and that’s that’s appreciated as well. Okay. So if you enjoyed this after but I didn’t answer any questions for you, post it in the chat box as well. Okay? Uh meaning chat meaning the comment section of YouTube. I check every single comment in the YouTube channel and not only because I it’s interesting for me to reply but also because I want to improve any systems we are building okay the workflow improve uh video express improve the presentation itself the training live training itself and stuff like that so after this is done it becomes a replay on YouTube live um then you can post in the comment section as well any questions that I couldn’t answer today or you want to get answered in detail you can post 10 questions it’s okay no I’ll answer every single one of them okay it’s a way for me to improve our stuff, right? Our services, our products and stuff as well. Okay, so thanks again. Wish you all the best and I’ll talk to you very, very soon.

  • 07/17/2026 – How He Automates 99% of Content with Claude Code – Full Guide

    Within 5 weeks, you grew your channel to 2.7K. Your video views is 6.18 million views. Most challenging part and the most important part is the intro. First, you have the angle that you’re going to include into your thumbnail. And then when people click, you need to give them what you said into the thumbnail immediately. How did you even get started with this YouTube channel? This is going to be a very funny story. I turn behind me and I see John Kiryaku, the XCIA officer, and I was like, what do I have to lose to ask him to come on my podcast? And so I did I asked him he gave me a phone number and I just texted him twice a day until he showed up. For those of them who scared to go out and ask for these things. What advice do you have for them? The way I was able to get a bit more extroverted is I started seeing it as more of a game. Tell me your the whole process cuz you’re using 99% of code. What is the very first step that I should follow? I refuse to use anything else. All of the shorts that you mentioned were all made in a single day and then scheduled for 2 weeks. If somebody’s staying until the end of this podcast, what is one value they’re going to gain out of this podcast today? Hey, Lazarus, I am so happy that you’re here today. I personally have so many questions about you in general because you grew your channel really fast. I mean, within 5 weeks, you grew your channel to like 2.7K and your video views within 5 weeks is 6.18 million views, which is insane. And the people that you’re bringing for your podcast, they’re top tier. So, we want to hear from you how you’re doing this starting from zero. Honestly, last year you told me off the camera you were going door to door last year and you’re a little bit lost, but now you have a client who’s doing 8 figureure business. It’s just everything is just happening all at once it feels like. So I want to hear more from you. The very first question that I want to ask is if somebody’s staying until the end of this podcast, what is one value they’re going to gain out of this podcast today? I would say first of all from a mindset perspective they’re going to understand why it’s so important to leverage AI for anything that is that you want to do even that is business content creation or even a hobby but also if you’re more interested on the podcast podcast side of things you’re going to know how to basically produce a whole podcast from beginning to end using cloud code I love that and you told me that you are using 99% using cloud code this whole thing I I refuse to use anything else is anything else. Oh, that’s awesome. You know what? So, let’s actually deep dive into that. But before we walk through where you walk us through the exact formula because today you’re going to walk us through how you turn in the long form video to short form video and your short form average is about 50K per short form. So, we are going to learn all of that because you’re using cloud code to do it. But I just want to get into how did you even get started with this YouTube channel? What was your thought behind that? This is going to be a very funny story of how it started because it honestly fell in my lap and I’m a very big believer of if you show up every single day and you will be able to recognize opportunities and when they just fall in front of you, you’ll be able to capitalize on them. And that is exactly what happened. As I mentioned to you off camera, I’ve been working on my business on myself for the past year. Before that, I was in university and also I tried a lot a lot of different side hustles including including drop shipping, Tik Tok shop, SMMA and all of them failed. But every single attempt that you make is not really a failure if you learn. And so I’ve been attending maker school which is a community where we met from. And during that time I learned how to make Loom videos which is how you get clients off of Upwork called Outreach so on and so forth. And that’s how I learned to speak and maybe socialize, I guess. My first language is not English, it is Greek. So, it definitely improved my spoken English as well. And one day I was back in Cyprus and I was eating at a tavern, just a very traditional low-key tavern. Not a lot of people know it, only the locals do. And I turn behind me and I see John Kiryaku, the XCIA officer. And I turn to my dad and I’m like, “Do you know this guy? Do you know who he is?” And surprisingly I had very not very much up to date with the current celebrities but he did know John Kiryago. It’s like you have to go speak to him. So I walked up gave him my a big handshake and to my surprise he stood up and started talking to me for quite a bit of time. He was very friendly, very outgoing and I was like what do I have to lose to ask him to come on my podcast which by the way I didn’t have at all. And so I did. I asked him. He gave me a phone number and I just texted him twice a day until he showed up. Oh my god. That’s pretty much the story. You texted him twice a day. Is that what you said? And did he not respond at first or how did that work? So, he’s a very busy guy. When I would send him one text a day to figure out the logistics and then I was bumping it at the end of the day and he would always get back to me. He was always very uh friendly and very keen on making it happen. And after a few of um back and forth, I was able to book a studio, do my research using cloud code, and have him on the podcast. Gotcha. So, I just want to clarify when you met him in person, you asked him if he can join the podcast, and he said yes. Correct. Yeah. Okay. And then you were texting like twice a day just to figure out the logistics and so that he didn’t. Exactly. Exactly. Yeah. And you recently got Nick’s arrive in on your channel, too. Like, that’s a great video, by the way. If you haven’t watched it, go ahead and watch it because it’s amazing. Um, but you asked some really, really good questions. So, I want to get into how you’re coming up with these questions for your podcast, but then before you do that, tell us the story how you got Nick on your podcast. So, after I got John Kiragan, I posted the video. It was doing pretty well. And as we’re part of the community, there’s a section where you can post your wins. And I was like, might as well post it on there as well. And Nick actually saw the video. He commented right under it. And I was like, again, what do I have to lose to just reach out? So I used one of the one of his techniques that he’s teaching in Maker School. So making a Loom video. And I used it against him in a way. Sent it to him and surprisingly again he said yes. So that very same week, so 5 days later, I was in a flight to Canada for 16 hours where we made the podcast happen. Oh, that’s awesome. So what did you say in the Lum video? I was like, “Hey, Nick, you recogni I hope you recognize me from the John Kiru podcast. Just like I shot my shot with him, I want to shoot it with you.” I spoke to a lot of people because I’m part of the same accountability group as you are. And I’m I asked uh the people in the group chat, “Hey guys, what questions would you have for Nick and everyone was very interested in his story and so I pitched that idea to him and I guess he liked it and so we made it happen.” Dude, I feel like you are really good at prepping but also manifest uh is that how you call it? Manifesting. Manifesting that it will come because you act as if it happened because I wasn’t part of that group, right? And when I read it, I’m like, does this this guy already got Nick? Because it just sounded like you already got him, which is kind of part of this attracting people to you. So that’s amazing because I want to touch on that. Sorry for interrupting. But about the manifesting thing, it’s very funny because are you familiar with the book Think and Grow Rich? One of the aspects is you need to write things down that you want to happen. You want to let’s say manifest. But I don’t think it’s necessarily manifesting as it is you are a bit more aware of what you’re looking for like in the long run. And so in the short run, you take better decisions to reach that end goal. Like imagine all of the decisions in a logic tree, if you have a long site, you know where to go given the situation. And what’s funny is that one of the sections from Think and Grow Rich says, “Write down the people you want to associate with to reach your goal.” And uh one was Nick, and I did meet him like 6 months later after writing it down. And then there were two other people, which I’m not going to mention yet. And I’m meeting that one other person in two weeks time, which is kind of crazy. Wow. And how how are you meeting that person, that secret guest for your YouTube, I’m guessing? Is that right? Yeah. For the podcast. Yeah. How are you meeting that person? Like how did you get if you don’t mind just sharing the story? Maybe I can share, but I’m going to keep it a bit more secret as of now just to build up a bit more suspense about the episode. But that particular person has a very strong personal brand. He is has collaborated with Whoop in the past. He has created one of their branches of how they’re generating revenue right now. And I had a very funny connection. My cousin had a friend who is friend’s brother was that guy. And so I reached out and I’m like, “Hey, I interviewed John Kiru. Would you be willing to hop on the podcast?” And she just responded with yes just yesterday. Oh gosh, that is so cool. I love it. But I’m curious like what made you fly all the way to Canada? Well, I mean, when you send someone a cold email and they respond extremely positively and you promise them something, you have to follow through. So, that was pretty much it. That’s awesome. When you started content, did you have anything in mind? I know it was kind of it happened randomly a little bit cuz you got this amazing guest. So you started your channel but did you have anything back of my mind as an example like I want to build my personal brand or I want to be like one of our top one when it comes to podcast. Do did you have anything like that? So I definitely knew I wanted to start a personal brand because it’s one of the greatest assets you can have. We definitely live in an attention economy and you have the power to collectively influence the consciousness of people. You can do whatever you want. So, okay, I know that sounded a bit bad, but it’s like you can turn it into good or you can turn it into revenue. You can influence people’s lives. And I think that’s very, very important. I never knew exactly what it was going to look like, but I think the podcast format I’m very much liking at the moment. That’s awesome. And English is not your native. Like you said, you were learning how to actually articulate or how to pronounce or how to learn like English in general while you’re learning about the sales pitch for through Loom videos. Let’s talk about uh when you first started your podcast, right, which was 5 weeks ago. Did you have any some sort of confidence issue or when it comes to English, anything like that? Not necessarily about English, but about tonality and the level of my voice. It was definitely the I would say the only thing I would change about the interview with John and how it went. But if you’ve never done never been on camera before, at least in a studio setting with studio lights, microphones, I’ve never held a mic in the past and you have John Kiryaku which has been on the diary of a CEO. He has been on Joe Rogan got tens of millions of views. You’re bound to get stressed and so my voice was a bit lowered. Oh yeah, but that was a great podcast. So don’t even stress out about that. But how did you prep yourself mentally during that crazy setting? Oh, I didn’t. Oh, you didn’t? I didn’t. I mean, I didn’t I didn’t have the time. It was John, do you want to hop on my podcast? 3 days later, I was filming it. So, not enough time to process. And I think that’s very important in anything you want to do. Same as I’ve done skydiving in the past. And um I took the decision to skydive. Next week, I was skydiving. Didn’t have the time to back out and never looked back. And then you just flew off the plane. That’s what it is. Yeah. Like literally like the podcast. Yeah. Are you more of a if I get the prompting, I just have to act on it type of person. Yeah. Okay. Okay. Gotcha. So, do you act before you think? Sometimes. And that can lead into something that’s extremely good or extremely bad. So, I I am getting better at picking my battles with that. Still learning. That’s That’s good. So you’re rather choosing some good decisions rather compared to bad decisions so that it can just focus and you can attract the right energy. Yeah. Exactly. All right. Let’s talk about clog code Nazaros. This is what a lot of people are curious about because if some of you who are listening right now if they haven’t started their content, let’s just pretend I’m I’m that person. I want to be like you. Like with just one video I pop up and I have this fancy people on my channel. But that’s kind of unrealistic to be honest. But with Cloud Code, they can start their content because I’m a busy mama and I have a full-time job and I just have no time. So, if you’re talking to that person who’s really busy but who has simple content creation, like I want to hear the whole process. So, if you don’t mind, just share whatever you can your screen. Tell me your the whole process cuz you you’re using 99% of cloud code. What is the very first step that I should follow? Well, it’s definitely prep. But before I go into any deeper of how I work, I don’t feel like I’m very qualified to give this sort of advice. But I’m going to tell you what I did, at least for myself, how and why it worked, and then you can relate it to your particular niche. So, anything I say now is about the podcast format, but it definitely works across the board. Anything you create in content is split into three parts. is is it post pre-production, production and post-production. So for pre-production, I would say doing your research is extremely important and it has never ever ever been easier to do research than every with clo code. What I personally did for my podcast with John is I wanted to first nail down the angle because John has been in very many podcasts and a lot of them did extremely well but a lot of them kind of pretty much failed I would say. So I wanted to have a unique angle because so many sto so many of his stories are out there and I wanted to basically differentiate myself. One of those factors was Cyprus. So I asked him about the geopolitical aspect of Cypress. If you’re unaware, we’re split in two. There was big war almost 70 years ago. It’s split in half and he’s part Criate. And so I wanted to capture that audience. So finding a gap in your particular niche in your market to capitalize on as well as AI where this is going what how does he think a surveillance state is going to evolve so on and so forth but I didn’t reach those conclusions immediately I basically had clo code scrape all of his podcasts all of his transcripts put it in an index file and then I started asking him questions what are the most asked questions that I should avoid I noted that down and what are some areas he hasn’t talked or expressed his opinions about. Hey, real quick. If you’re using Claude, but you still feel like you’re only using 10% of what it can actually do, I found this free guide. It’s called a complete guide to Claude AI. And it breaks down exactly how you can set this up as a real assistant, not just a chatbot. And that’s exactly where we want to get to. And everything in here in this document is actually copy and paste ready. So, you can just start everything immediately. Just copy the prompt here right away. It walks through different projects. Basically, Claude is giving its own memory for a specific part of your work, which is the best part. So, you’re not really having to reexplain the whole process, whole context one at a time. So, this document specifically has a lot of different feature and you can use AI as your assistant. And one of them is like a new data analysis. You can use that, but my personal favorite is content. So, basically, I’m all about content. And here’s a content marketing AI executive assistant that you can just copy and paste. So, this is pretty much telling you what it is in here. But for you, what I suggest you to do is just copy the prompt over here and that’s it. And you make this work. And I’ll put this link in the description below so you can get this for free. And thanks to HubSpot for sponsoring this video. Awesome. So you’re asking claw code to find the angle after scraping to make sure you have the correct data set that you want to query about. Gotcha. So you’re scraping and then what did you use exactly? Did you use claw code during this time or did you use cloud chat? Cloud code every time all the time. I don’t every time all the time got all the time. What model use 4.7 at the time? Oppus 4.7 and I use Chrome dev tools for it to be able to navigate YouTube itself and then it would just copy paste the transcript section at the bottom right. Oh, are you talking about the goo claude extensions on Google Chrome? Yeah. Okay, gotcha. And then you’re pretty much having Claude do the whole thing. That’s what it is. Scraping the data and then you find the unique angle. That’s not necessarily coming from you. It’s Claude suggesting those unique angle. Is that right? Some of them. So Claude is pretty hit or miss. So it’s basically a very good back and forth. What I really like to do with CLA for brainstorming is because if you ask it to give you one particular response is going to be very narrow-minded. So I my usual prompt is give me a 100 different angles that I can go for. I’ll read all of them. 99% of them are completely horrible. And then you find one that kind of works and you tweak and work with Clude to reach to that conclusion. Okay, that totally makes sense. you took and then make this work. What about for Nick? How did you find the unique angle for him? I think we spoke about this off camera. Maybe I might have mentioned it um here in the podcast as well, but I’m part of our community in our group and I basically asked people, what do you guys want to see? Because it’s a direct audience that I’m speaking to and I have a direct channel of communication with them as well. And so the story angle really really landed well I believe. Oh, gotcha. So that’s how you found it. Basically reaching out from other people to see what the audience actually wants to hear about this person specifically. Exactly. Okay, that’s great. And now I got the scraping part done. Let’s just say I have this one person I want to invite to podcast. I did scraping using cloud code, cloud extensions and then I found a unique angle. What is the next step is to make a script almost that shouldn’t be too rigid at least for a podcast format. If you want to relate this into a particular to another niche, let’s say AI, you would need to have sort of like a framework saying here I want to talk I want to make an intro and then have a couple of bullet points. Then I want to make a demo and have a couple of bullet points. But I believe if you try to follow a script word for word, it definitely breaks the the fluency and the way the flow and the momentum of the content. So, I would say definitely have a framework and then be able to work off of what the guest is saying, be ready to adapt and something that I did in the John Kiraku podcast. Every time he was mentioning something at the end of his sentence, I took that and then sort of maneuvered it, had a follow-up sentence to bring it on to one of the questions I had on my iPad, which I think worked well. Okay. So, your brain just had to work really fast in order for you to do that. You’re like, “Okay, the end sentence, does it match with one of the questions that I have?” Is that what you’re saying? I I almost was not listening to what he was saying. I was trying to grab on to what he was saying at any of that moment and trying to remember what questions I had and which one it relates to the most and how can I connect it to the next question. So, it’s not like you have all the questions prepped and then ask that specific question. You just have to be a little bit more flexible when it comes to asking questions. And that’s crazy. Yeah. Asking really good questions. So, let’s just say I got the script done, right? The framework. What is the next step after the script? Um, recording obviously that’s a little bit that’s more obvious, right? That’s a little bit different setting. Let’s just say we got the recording done. Okay. Because recording is different. I’m guessing you’re not using cloud code to record your video. Not yet. Not yet. Okay. But what is the next step? Let’s just say I got the recording done with this person. How can I actually edit the video? This takes the most time. This is the most frustrating part for my audience. It’s like how do I edit the video? That’s a tough question at least for the long form podcast because there’s really not too much editing going on. So if you install any code skill/reo that has capabilities of editing video such as video use or votion, if you just give the raw footage and tell it clo can you please edit my podcast so that it switches the angle every time someone is speaking it can just do that right off the box which is pretty neat. But the most challenging part and the most important p part at least in my opinion is the intro because it decides after people click. So first you have the angle that you’re going to include into your thumbnail and then when people click you need to give them what you said into the thumbnail immediately. And so what I did with Nick, I have three separate angles AB testing currently at the moment that I believe three separate or different audiences are going to be interested in to watch what Nick has to say, but the intro addresses all three. And so it the payoff happens instantly. And if you put all of your effort into the intro, then you can maximize the number of people that are sticking around till the end. So for the full transparency Nazaros, you have an editor for your long form. Is that right? For the intro, correct? For the just for the intro and then for the rest of it, you don’t. But then for your short form, you don’t have any editor. It’s just all cloud code doing it at the moment. At the moment, yeah. No, it’s working really well. So I don’t think you need to hire somebody for that. Um because it’s working really well, performing amazingly. If you don’t mind sharing us how did you actually come up with the process? people are watching this right now. How can they actually copy or the process? I’m not talking about the content. Okay. So, I would take a few steps back to talk about how I work for the intro because then it translates for the shorts. It’s basically the same framework. If you have the recording and you download it on your device, then you can just say to Clude, “Hey, access that video, transcribe it, and put uh who’s speaking when, and then the timestamps right next to it.” And then you basically have a way to interact with your video. So for my different angles that I had, I went to Claude and I said I have this three different angles for my intro. I want to have a story line where I first talk about Xperson story and then have rapid fire interesting back and forth questions at the end. Can you please read through the entirety of the transcript and find me clips that go with my script that I have for my intro? And so it creates almost this framework, this wireframe for you to work off of. And it’s the same way I used it to make my shorts. After I published the video, I this is literally the only thing I said to Claude, go into the transcript and I want you to analyze every single line, every single line one by one. I want you to help me prepare shorts for my long form content. I want it to be around a minute to maybe 2 minutes long at the maximum. Like you’re pushing emotion to the to the other person inducing emotion inducing hook at the beginning. Oh, gotcha. Gotcha. Like story. Okay. Yeah. Exactly. So CL basically classify them by feeling and I wanted to see what would the viewer feel and so that’s how I ranked them from best to worst. After I had the hooks and said fear, uh, greed, happiness, gratefulness, you say which ones has the most. So let’s say I’m aimlessly doom scrolling. What is going to make me feel the most amount of difference from what I’m feeling right now, which is brain rot, let’s say. And so after finding those very compelling hooks, I said to CL, can you just make the whole clip make make the whole scripts and u after making the scripts for the clips, you then just have to make one land in the style that you want. And I can show you live if you like. Yes, create a skill for visual person. I would love to learn. Yeah, of course. Create a skill and then once you have that landed, you can just say to clo one by one run all of the all of the clips that you have prepared for me. You review them and then publish them through Xernium and then I schedule everything through Zo through close. That’s awesome. All right, that’s a lot of work, a lot of content right there. Nuros, I would love to see like what you’re actually talking about when it comes to the fear emotion, which is so smart, by the way. I haven’t used that before. So, I’m going to steal that strategy by the way. I was like, those are really, really good. But share with us what you’re exactly seeing in claw code if you don’t mind. And I would love to see if they’re putting in the Excel doc or a Google doc or whatever, like how do you even look at it? Before we move into that, I just want to say that all of the shorts that you mentioned were all made in a single day and then scheduled for two weeks. Oh, nice. Which is pretty clean, dude. Yeah, that’s why that’s how you can actually work and create content on the side, right? Exactly. CL code and hit 6 million views in in two weeks. That’s crazy. To be fair, the majority of the views were from short form. So, it’s definitely the way to go. So, this is what he was talking about when it comes to shorts. Can you actually click the popular? What is the most view that you got from shorts? Oh, that’s the 1 million. Wow. Yeah. Yeah, that one. That’s awesome. And you’re using emotion for this part, correct? I’m using you’re you’re using uh because you talked about emotions like fear, scarcity. What emotion did you use for this specific video? For all of them, it was almost always fear. Especially the reason I landed on that is because I scraped as I mentioned all of the titles as well as the transcripts from all of John’s um interviews and almost all of them played on fear because unfortunately humans experience negative emotion at a much larger scale than positive ones and so I leaned more into that and uh this one this particular short is talking about how the iron dome is not what is cracked up to be and a lot of people are very emotionally ally charged about at least geopolitics in a particular nation at the moment. And so I think this is why this has really blown up. So it’s not like a random short of the random clip. You actually did the research before you have cloud code made it. So it’s pretty much you behind the whole scene. Right. Exactly. Okay. And if you don’t mind going over your cloud code and then show us the whole process, love to love to learn from you. So, I’m going to try and do my best because unfortunately I’m very close to my limit. So, we’re going to see how far we can go. What What limit? I mean, what plan do you have with with 2001? But Fable has been brutal. $200 and you’re Yeah, you use your limit. Yeah, you can see. Yeah, it’s kind of crazy. And you have to wait for until July 10th. Tomorrow. Yeah. Tomorrow. Okay. Gotcha. I was like, when is July 10th? tomorrow. After this podcast, I’m going to take the day off and just pick up work tomorrow. I don’t necessarily have a particular framework and I think anyone that tries to copy someone else’s framework is a bit wrong. So, I’m just going to walk you through my particular thought process. So, I’m going to work on this live. Mhm. I don’t have any shorts lined up for the next video as it was just published yesterday. So, first thing I want to do is to analyze my content. analyze the colors that I’m using and then analyze the angles. So for this particular podcast with Nick, it was very dim, very dimly lit, very brownish. And so you have to choose the color of your captions first of all. And so with my editor, we worked together. Let me mute that. And we landed on this particular format, which is yellow and white, which I think looks pretty clean. I’m curious about this whole process. The color grade is that something that editor did or is that something that you use claw code? You talked about this is like brownish color, right? Like dark theme. Is that because that’s color grade on editing, I’m guessing, as well as setup a little bit. So, did your editor did that the whole process or did you? So, I flew out I found a pretty neat studio, which is what you’re seeing right now. And then the people that were operating the cameras at the moment, very helpful. I love them. Give a huge shout out to Offset Studios in Calgary and they just basically optimized the colors before sending over the raw files and it just looks fantastic. Oh, nice. That’s perfect. If you don’t mind me asking for the intro, you’re only having your editor do the intro. How did you find your editor and how much are you paying this editor? Yeah, funny story actually and I’m letting this video play because I want to take a screenshot of the captions as we speak, but the I had the podcast with John Kiru and the owner of the podcast studio recommended me this guy. He said he’s a bit expensive so I tried my luck with Upwork and I was horribly disappointed unfortunately and I was very desperate to get something of quality especially having John on the podcast. So, I reached out to the guy, phenomenal performance, obviously, and he charges $80 per minute of intro of this level of quality of animation, and I would say he’s worth every single penny. Amazing work. Honestly, this is at least I’m doing a bit of prep on how I want it to look. And so, as you’ve seen my previous shorts, they’re vertical. I think this particular scene with Nick looks pretty good in the hor horizontal format. And I’ve seen a lot of other podcasts doing this in short form where you don’t necessarily cut onto Nick. So it wouldn’t be a vertical uh sort of aspect ratio. It will it would be a horizontal and that’s what I want to do. But before we go into the styling, let’s talk with Claude and I’m going to say, “Hey Claude, so I want to work on my shorts for my Nick Sar podcast. I want you to analyze the transcript word by word and I want you to find the most compelling hooks and story lines for my shorts. I’m going to pause it right there because something that I would improve from my previous shorts is that I didn’t include myself too much into the clips. So now I’m going to tell Claude I want the hook to be me asking a question and then Nick answering. Every single hook should be me asking a question and feel free to shorten that question so that it’s extremely punchy and the watcher can get the payoff as soon as possible. So me asking the question should be a maximum of 3 seconds. Cut it as you see fit and then have Nick answer that to the maximum of 40 seconds. So the shorts should be anywhere from 40 seconds to a minute and 20 seconds. After you scrape everything, I want you to categorize what emotion the viewer is going to be feeling. Obviously, negative emotions have a more detrimental effect on the person. And so those I want you to add a bit more of um of a waiting to them and then rank them from best to worst for us to decide. I know that’s a long prompt. I No, that’s a that’s a whole your brain behind this, right? That’s your prompt. I love this. Thanks for sharing your prompt with us. Some people are curious about how did you even get to that point which is the prompt. So appreciate you showing us this. This is so cool. I love the emotion part because that’s perfect for the hook especially for shorts. So you’re making viewers feel certain way after watching this video, right? And I’m guessing for Nick, what emotion do you want to bring out of the people? I I guess I’m going to go from for the emotions that I chose for the intro. And one is FOMO, fear of missing out. People feel like AI is taking over the world and they want to choose the right side of history. If you can’t beat them, join them. So FOMO is a big one. Fear is another one. I really like fear. I feel like fear is an emotion just like any other emotion. Just people are a bit uncomfortable experiencing it and that’s why it has a big effect when people are watching. And then I would also say motivation would be another one. So how to make it, how to be able to manifest, how to make things happen. So you’re kind of creating this FOMO and fear. So that people know they can choose the right side when it comes to AI and then motivate them eventually that they can do this as well. Exactly. Right. So thank you for that question. Actually I might throw that in there. I want you to explore the emotion of FOMO, fear of missing out, the emotion of fear as well as motivation and how Nick is going to teach them how to get to their goals. and just send that in there. For the prepping part, when it comes to scraping and also prepping for the script, how long did it take you to prep for that part, initial part? Mhm. For which particular podcast or for like scraping this person’s information as well as prepping some questions like scripting? How long did that process take you? H So 20% of that process, maybe even 10% of that process was the scraping. But then Claude is surprisingly horrible at making the questions. So it does everything so well, which was crazy. But I had to actually sit down and write the questions that I had on my mind because my thought process is I’m just a regular guy and I have these questions that I really want this person to tell me. Like I’m genuinely curious and if I’m curious about these questions, then I’m pretty sure a lot of other people are as well. And my thought process was do the scraping, have the index, so being able giving the ability to cla to be able to research what they said in the past and then just brain dumping my questions and letting Claude reframe them. Something pretty neat I did as well is I scraped all of the questions from the diary of a co. So all of um the host’s part as well as Jack Neil and I told Claude to translate my questions in the way that they asked them. So you’re scraping, you’re getting inspired by other creators as well, like what they have used and then you’re turning turning that into your own style, right? Exactly. Exactly. Okay. You were a door knocker a year ago, right? It’s pretty scary to door knock. I’ve door knocked in the past, like tens of thousands of doors. A a ton of doors in the past. It’s pretty scary every single time. It doesn’t matter how many times you do it, you just don’t know who you’re going to get and the answer you’re going to get. is do you think that helped you when it comes to asking for podcast or cold DM cold outreach because I like your mindset. You said I’m not going to lose anything. So for those of them who scared to go out and ask for these things, what advice do you have for them? Oh, this is going to sound very funny. So I was pretty I was a pretty introverted kid. The way I was able to get a bit more extroverted is I started seeing it as more of a game because every time you interact with someone, it’s like going to the casino. Let’s say you play blackjack. You don’t know the card that you’re going to get next. And that is how you get that dopamine hit. Same is with socializing, interacting, knocking on doors. If you can get excited of what kind of person am I going to speak to, how can I get from A to B with this particular person? Each particular person is a challenge. Each individual person works differently and they have their particular way that they respond to. And so I see it like a game, like a puzzle that I can solve. And each time I just try to get better. And so if you’re worried, just start playing. Aim for failures. Say, “My goal is to get rejected 100 times and I promise you, you’re going to get your first win before you reach that.” You made the game out of the whole failure system. I love that. That’s That’s super cool. Oh, I’m going to take I got to write this down. Like just Yes. Because for even for me too, I get a little bit scared when it when it comes to saying, you know, people saying no to me, which is insane because I’ve been heard no multiple times. I’ve been in sales industry over 10 plus years. So, I should know this better. But each time when people say no, I kind of relate that to me even though it’s not. It’s my product. It’s my services. But so that’s really good to hear that you know you’re playing game out of this and then eventually you’re going to get better. Yeah. It’s not necessarily getting the no. It’s how far can you go before you get the no. If you get the no instantly that’s worse than getting very close to the sale and not getting the no because now you know I can take you 90% of the way there. I just need to get better at that 10%. Yeah. I love that. So good. Your next person you already got this person. The third you tal you mentioned three people the last person you’re going to use connections I’m guessing or anything that you can after getting a few guests on the podcast you can leverage that in the sense that you get authority just by correlation and then if you’re genuine with the people that you meet you can just ask them to connect you to someone if there’s a genuine connection between you and the person you meet they’re be going to be more than willing to connect you forward That’s awesome. All right, let’s talk about money part. How much did it cost for you to do this whole thing excluding the flight? Excluding the flight. Oh my god, that was almost all of it. That’s like a third of it. Oh, really? Okay. Yeah. But I I personally wouldn’t go on an I wouldn’t personally for the first video ever say do an online podcast because in person you get a different connection with the person you’re connecting. So if your goal is to connect with as many people as possible, in person works the best. But if your goal is to make as much content as fast as possible, then do online. So it depends on your goal. And and Cl just finished. So I see both aspects, but one is a long-term play and the other one is I wouldn’t say a short-term, but you definitely see the returns a lot more instantly with the online just like we’re doing now. You’re not going off the clock. Like you’re doing everything from here. It’s literally giving everything here because for me I use Excel like Google sheet and then it’s putting everything there but you’re not connecting anything. Yeah, absolutely nothing. Uh sometimes I can use superbase if I want to keep them longterm but it’s just having a very cool and clean uh folder structure over here. So as you can see here on the left this is my workspace that I use every single day. I have this is also backed up on GitHub so I can also access it through any computer and it’s separated by clients let’s say so at least for the projects that I’m doing right now I have my client here I have my company project so my website my internal dashboard my client dashboard and then here you have my podcasts underneath you can see jagnil is hopefully the next one but John Gyago next arrive and then here you can see the whole system that is in place you can see the thumbnails, the trailers, the transcripts, and then you also have the cloud.mmd that tells claude exactly what we’re doing and what we’re aiming for as well as giving the sources. You’re having claw code create thumbnails too. Yeah, I give it access to GPT image 2. Okay, gotcha. Oh, using the API key from open router or Yeah, open AI. Okay, gotcha. Yeah, let’s go back to this section. So, it’s got the emotion for your FOMO. I see that urgency. I think I just landed pretty well in the first one. AI is the new nuclear weapon. And I think Nick nailed that completely actually. And so let’s say I really like your first idea. Can you please expand on it and make the whole script based off the transcript and what cuts you’re going to make at it at each section? Optimize for retention. So make a promise at the beginning and then have the payoff at the very end. So this is just a way of structuring the format and giving Claude the ability to not go nuts and giving him like sort of guard rails on where to go. And you have a format that you talked about horizontal, vertical, what ratio, what what um captions you want to put. That’s already all taken care of. Claude knows that already. Correct. Exactly. But that was for the particular podcast that was with John Kiryaku. If you have a different setting at each time. So let’s go back. My captions for John Kiryago were colored red. If I were to use red here, I would have been absolutely cooked because then it would blend with the background. And so for every particular piece of content I create that I want to make shorts for, I will create a skill for that basically tells Claude how to keep the same format and uh styling every single time. Okay, gotcha. That makes sense. So Claude is reading your style or you’re screen capturing it and Claude is reading that part of it to just to mimic that. Exactly. It’s not perfect from the first get go, is it? Oh, no way. No way. You can never do that. Yeah. No way. One thing without Fable is emit. Are you using Fable for this? No. I can’t afford it at the moment. Oh yeah, that’s right. So Opus or Sonnet will be just good enough for this process. Is it? I would say Oppus is a bit better because you’re definitely using a lot of tools doing a lot of tool calls and you want to be able to navigate that uh without too much hallucination. Gotcha. That makes sense. But once you got the whole system set up, then you saw it afterwards, right? Exactly. Okay. And are you pretty technical person? That’s a good question. I would say no. Even though I do have an engineering background, I don’t have much experience with code. I was an electrical engineer, meatronic engineer, but other than just basic C for Arduinos and stuff, I have I basically learned everything from free resources on YouTube. Okay, that’s awesome. So this process you learned it from on YouTube as well. Uh this particular process you mean for creating videos? Yeah, like turning long form to short form. Not really. No, I I really like the way I try to learn stuff is by understanding the core principles and knowing how to apply them to make everything because at least my personal opinion is if you just follow what everyone else does, then you get everyone else’s results as well. In order to break out of the average or at least above a certain percentile, you need to be unique and differentiate yourself. And so this in the short term it might not be as great because it takes longer for me to reach a particular point, but after I understand it, I can then shift it to fit my particular style. I love that. It’s all about angles. It’s all about angles and being adaptable and fluid and yeah, even in nature, those who adapt survive. So yeah, that’s right. And you’re in this content game now, which is wonderful. Yes. All right. So, it looks like Claude is thinking. Is Claude actually making short form videos right now? So, it’s surprising that it’s taking that long to respond. Maybe it’s the effort level that I have, but it should be just giving me back a script. Then, we’re going to start working on how it looks. So, the process is Claude gives me transcript. Let’s say the the very basics of the format. So, vertical or horizontal and how I want it to look. And then it just makes the cuts and then we we will watch it together. After that, we bake in the captions, do the color grading, which you asked for, but since the editors did a pretty good job, I might leave it at that. And then we add the music and we’re good to go. Okay. So, the music part, you just only do it during the intro for music. In the long form content, yes, in short form, there’s always music. Yes, that’s right. I’ve realized you have the music, the suspense music going on, right? Every single short, the music was a little bit different. How did you find the music? That’s a very good question. Uh, and I should have mentioned that before. So, that was a process that I didn’t expect to work, but basically what I did, I saw all of the reals that I really liked from podcasts and saw what songs they were using, and I put them all uh in a text file, sent it to Claude, and I told him, I want these these soundtracks to be able to just put them on to any short form I make. So yazam find the exact version of the song and it found an open person’s version and actually did that. It found the exact pitch uh and made the edge to find the particular song that podcast was using. And now I have a library of 10 songs and I said to Claude, I want you to categorize each song by what emotion they cause and so analyze the emotion of the reveal that we are making and then attach the correct music in the background. That is so smart. Okay, just to recap, I want to make sure I understood you correctly. You were getting inspired by other podcasts. Let’s just say A Diary of CEO Steven Barllet used this specific music. I’m guessing it’s open source music, meaning it’s free, copyright free music. So, you download this specific music and then you attach to emotion having cloud code do that. So, whenever, let’s just say you’re doing motivation for this one clip and you got the motivation music, then cla will automatically match it and then put it together. Is that how it works? Exactly. That’s exactly how it works. Very well said. Dang, that is so smart. I’m I’m definitely using that. That’s so smart. If you give Claude a way to relate to things that is consistent across sessions, then you just increase his performance over time. How can Claude know emotion by the way? Is that from the words that they’re using? Yeah, just the transcript of the real. So it can see the transcript of this real let’s say from Steven or J or whoever conveys this emotion. So this sound must convey that as well. And if you have a big enough data set you can pick and choose what is what. So is the music without any words in it. It doesn’t work then you think um you mean just having instrumental? Yeah. Yeah. Definitely don’t put words. People get confused. Okay. So here’s the thing. How would Claude know? Let’s just say you’re like doing suspense music. We know it’s suspense because we’re human. Like let’s just say boom, I can’t even sing. But you know, pretend this is suspense music with no words. How could know this is a suspense music? Oh, okay. I I see the discrepancy. So what I described before was taking the reals and then let’s you have 100 short form, 100 pieces of short form content. Usually people that do podcasts have human editors do the music, do the editing, and so humans can reliably pick and choose which songs go where. And uh if you get enough shorts, you transcribe them and with words that are spoken. So let’s say in the podcast I say something about a war, people are fearful. If you see that piece of music being used across multiple reels that their transcript conveys fear, then it probably means that song is about fear. So you’re transcribing the the actual shorts instead of the music lyrics. Okay, that that’s the confusion part that I had. Okay, perfect. Thanks for Exactly. Yeah. So this is the script. Let me very quickly go through it. It looks pretty good. It says that the hook is going to be won’t AI just increase the gap between classes. Then Nick is going to say technology like this has never been available since atomics, nuclear weaponry, so on so forth. Looks pretty good. So I’m going to say using video use create an initial rough cut of this uh short that you have created. I want to post this on Tik Tok, Instagram, and so it’s going to be a vertical format for the actual file, but I want you to have the whole frame in it. So, minimize the horizontal version of the podcast into that vertical frame, make the cuts, and then open it up on my laptop for me to review, and we’ll work on the styling right after. Um, horizontal, vertical. I’m always confused with horizontal and vertical. I just have to like do this for my podcast because we were filming so close to each other like closeup camera. I can’t really do the vertical like I had to do horizontal. Yeah, I think that works a bit better though if I’m being honest. I think I’m of transitioning to this format as well. It stops people from scrolling because I think people are too used to the vertical. Yeah, I know. I’m gonna use that because I have a podcast with Sabrina. um one of my first podcasts or even before and I just want to like use that section of it and then I’m putting the title hook on top as well so that yeah that’s extremely useful yeah and I was doing that initially with clo but then I saw it was performing well without it as well but I do have a skill that it’s like slide let me see if it’s still on here because I just changed the laptop yeah add label so you can see here the skill says that you add a story style label white rounded pill just like the Instagram stickers to finish the reel and then it just says just find the most emotional thing blah blah blah when I say add the label and it just adds a hook to the reel as well. Okay, that’s really helpful. Are you using other platforms other than just YouTube? Um so using Xerno I’m posting on Instagram, Tik Tok, Twitter which is doing nothing. Gets zero views surprisingly. Twitter Yeah, Twitter is a different beast for sure. Yeah, I’m definitely cutting that off. Yeah. Yeah. No, I don’t I don’t use X right now for myself. I think I got zero followers. That’s crazy. I mean, text I think could work. And sort of like LinkedIn, you need to funnel people into that for them to be engaged. But Mhm. Should we take a look at this? Yeah, let’s do it. To come up with new stuff or even increase the gap between technology of this guy. That’s completely horrible. Completely missed the mark. Let’s see. See, even for him, he’s been doing this quite a while, but you have to redo it a couple of times. You need to analyze it a bit. See, has never been made available to any group of people really since atomics. The reason I’m listening to this for a prolonged period of time and trying to understand if Nick is talking too slow or too fast and sometimes just to increase retention I’m going to ask CL to uh increase the speed by let’s say.1%. That might increase uh retention a bit more as well. Oh that’s so that’s actually smart and clock can do that huh? Yeah it’s not bad. Yeah the hook you completely missed the mark. It needs to begin with me asking the question and then jumping right into Nick. I want you to cross reference the transcript and look at the exact timestamps for you to make the cuts correctly and then actually visually review that you have actually made the correct cuts. Also increase the speed of Nick talking by.1%. Let’s talk about the thumbnail a little bit while we’re waiting. For shorts, do you have a specific thumbnail that you use? No, just the third frame always. Yeah, gotcha. Doesn’t really matter. Doesn’t really matter. Zo. And how are you using Jour during this process? Let’s just say Claude is done editing the video. You like it. So you save it in the folder and do you title it? One, two, three. Or how does that work? So maybe I can, as we’re working here, pop my John Kago podcast clips. I have them selected by tier. So tier one is the most efficient ones, the most attracting ones, then tier two, tier three. And what I like to do is since I’m posting four times a day, I want to have one tier clip every single day and then backfill the rest with tier two and tier three. Wait, hold on for a second. You’re posting four times a day? I was. Yeah, because I made 60 reels and it was I was just scheduling them to one at 12, one at 6, one at 12, and then one at 6 again. Okay. Wow, that’s amazing. Great work. You can see here that they’re ranked as well. So this is apparently what we thought with Claudia was going to be performing the best but uh it apparently didn’t and I think actually the best performing one which was the Aron Dome must have been a tier two which is surprising and as soon your prep document that you sent me one of the questions was going to be how did I pick which parts go like become clips and which ones don’t and the answer is they all turn into clips and then you let the market decide and at least Particularly on YouTube, you there’s no penalty in you posting at four times a day. And so you see what works. Even the worst performing ones may generate $10 worth of revenue and then you see the ones that have generated the most revenue and you double down on them on other platforms as well. Gotcha. Well, that is such a smart process. How did you learn all of this? Like really? Like you’re So once you’re into something, you kind of deep dive into something, don’t you? Yeah, but at least particularly with um content. I’ve been consuming it all my life and I like recognizing patterns and so I think it has been building up at the back of my mind for the last 23 years and it’s just coming out right now. And thanks for sharing your tips with us. I just absolutely love this because it’s very approachable. You just barely started it 5 weeks ago. I mean, anybody who’s listening right now, not necessarily podcast related, but I like your mindset how you’re starting this and also how you can simplify the process using clock code. Exactly. Keeping it simple. Moving moving fast. Moving super fast. Yeah, really fast. But four videos, that’s super cool because you don’t that means you don’t have to be on your phone each time and then trying to upload. You don’t do that because you’re just having the API key. And Zio, I think it’s free for two accounts. Is that right? Exactly. And that’s why I’m dropping Twitter because it just charged me an extra I think8 for no views. So I think that’s gone. Yeah. Drop them. Drop them. How’s the performance in Instagram and Tik Tok? Is that pretty good? Instagram is has been doing quite well actually. I could pull that up for you if you like. Mhm. Yeah. Tik Tok hasn’t been amazing. Tik Tok doesn’t like automation tool. I feel like not necessarily. So the biggest one was 1.3 million views. Yeah, not too bad. It was like 36k likes. And the funny thing, I had my description comment CIA for the full episode. And the moment this was published, my manhat subscription ended and all of these comments haven’t gotten replied to, which sucks. Why are you using ManyHat, not Zio for this process? Yeah. Yeah. Thanks for calling me out. I should be using Zio. So Zo is free. I mean, but manhat is get can get pretty expensive. I realize I don’t know if you realize that, but every DM you send is contacts and they charge extra for contacts. Yeah. To keep it in your database. Correct. No, not necessarily. Like I delete all my contacts. It doesn’t really matter. As long as they send one DM, it’s considered as a one contact. You can’t really delete off your database. You can’t. You can’t. No, you can’t. You can’t do that. I know. I thought I thought I could. That’s why I’ve been deleting my contacts going back there. But they said, “No, as long as you send one DM, it stays as a contact.” No way. Yeah, for reals. I’m not kidding. So, because I got one video that got really viral. I think I have 400k views in one video and people commenting like 10,000. Yeah. On Instagram recently, four days ago. And look up if you want. Yeah, go for it. Sandy Lee.ai. Are Are we friends? following you. I follow you. Yeah, you follow me. Okay. I don’t think you follow me back, so I’m very offended for that. Oh, okay. You know what? I will follow you back. I’ll follow you back. I’m kidding. I’m kidding. What was it? This one right there. That one. This one. Uhhuh. Ton of views. I saw this on YouTube. Yeah, I know. And that’s the idea behind it. I got the YouTube. I’m like, might as well just create the short form right after this. It took maybe five minutes to create this and then it got viral. From that being said, whenever I use Minihat, oh, it was very pricey. So, I just switched back to Zoro. Yeah. So, you’re using it for chat automation. How’s it working for you? Oh, it’s good. Yeah. The only problem is it doesn’t have as many feature as a mini chat and it only can send one message like DM sent. That’s it. Versus Minihat has three different variation. But, Zero doesn’t have as many capability. But, I’m okay with it because it’s free. But one thing I want to say is if I were to use Many Chat for this specific thing, if I’m understanding the whole feature correctly, I would have paid $6,000 to them. Really? Yeah. Because that post got viral. Yeah. 6K. I’m like, dang. That’s not worth it. Yes. And I have worked with Minihat as well, at least for DM automation and installing an AI agent for an e-commerce brand and it was a very bad experience. Yeah. I would say Many Chat is great when it comes to follow me if you want get the link, you know, because it has a extra buttons in there. So, I guess you can force people to follow you a little bit more. I’ve tried that method too, but it just sounds a little fishy, too. So, that’s why I just don’t do that use that anymore. And yeah, it’s expensive.

    Yeah, I’m just being honest. I’m like I don’t I personally am not using that. And you could even possibly like even vibe code your own thing to do the exact same job in like two days instead. I try to vibe code the whole thing. Yeah. But yeah, dude. Um yeah, actually for the scripting part, I vibe code my app. It’s called SW Studio and I’m currently working on with an engineer that how we can do the whole scripting kind of similar to what you’re doing like but then not turning long form to short form but creating short form from the get- go and then trying to get the viral format towards the beginning and then get the script. But anyways, that’s something I’m working on right now. That sounds very interesting. And you could definitely plug the outputs of that into something like this to actually like after you film it, edits it immediately like analyzes the transcript and then executes. Yeah, exactly. I already have that for YouTube, but I just realized for beginners it’s very complicated to start content because they got to worry about so many different stuff, right? So, I’m like, you know what? Just simplify as much as possible. But for those of them who’s not wanting to use my API key because I’m using my API that’s why I charge man they can just set everything up using cloud code honestly that’s perfectly fine too. That sounds very good. Maybe I’ll check it out as well. Yeah, go for it. This government sure about that. Should I let Yes, go ahead please. You’re going to have access to this frontier models. Don’t you believe it’s going to increase the gap between classes technology? So something that I really like. Claude recognized that I had a moment of silence and it jumped cut to get to the point. If it’s going to increase the gap between classes, technology of this kind has never been made available to any group of people really since atomics like nuclear weaponry. And so when atomics were made available to people temporarily, the United States a massive massive battlefield. one group of people has ultimate power and the ability to play the super crazy model and just make every person on earth that’s basically person that that’s basically what these models have the ability to do. You know the situation you’re in is inherently a little bit fragile. Is there a risk that the class gap will continue to grow? Let’s say uh for sure absolutely and I mean I think I think it will. Now that we have the the wireframe basically all we need to do is to just I’ I’ve lost that screenshot and I’m going to be very fast. One second.

    No.

    Okay, good enough. Mhm. And what you’re doing right now is you’re capturing the the captions. Okay. Exactly. I’m capturing the captions from the style I want to use. In this case, it was my own intro, but sometimes I will get from a different reel. And so, I’m going to paste the style. I’m going to say this is looking great. Now, all we have to do is add the captions. So, at the beginning where I’m speaking, I want you to add the captions to the right side of the screen so that it doesn’t overlay with me and it’s in the middle of between the center of me and the end of the screen. And then the same for when Nick is talking, but put it on the left side. Let each word appear one at a time and let them not disappear until Nick stops talking. So, if you’re going to move from one screen of captions to the next and there is a gap in his speech, let the captions hang so that the watcher or the viewer can actually read them. Then, after you do that, add from our database the soundtrack that fits the best to this particular reel. There we go. I love that you’re producing the whole thing. Like, this is very cool to see just because you’re not just saying, “Hey, add the captions.” No, you’re like very specific because if you have the vision and you are able to communicate it with code, you’ll basically be able to turn it to life with just words. It’s like speaking to an editor. Yeah. So, how long does it take you um with the whole process right now? Like I mean maybe just 10 minutes, right? But the reason why I’m asking is because for those of them who has a full-time job, do you think creating content on the side is possible? 100%. Especially with this pretty cool new command. Have you used this before? Remote control. Uh, not really, but I know how to use it. It was buggy when I was using it. Yeah. Oh, it’s great now. It’s amazing. So, if you just do that and I’ve actually made a couple of I made my thumbnail while I was at the gym and just talking to Cloud Code here and just published it on my YouTube channel. On your mobile app, you can have access to your full chat while speaking to Cloud Code. If you add caffeine on your laptop here at the top, it can stay awake for a prolonged period of time. And if you’re able to have a system that you can communicate with cloud constantly and you make skills that create repeatable outputs that you can use every time you have 5 minutes off of work, you can send a prompt and then come back to it later. So 100% doable. That’s awesome. And then for remote control, where are you opening it? Are you opening it using clot app? Yeah, exactly. So let me actually show you in a bit of cleaner manner. So you go into your cloud app. Mhm. You tap on the hamburger menu on the top left. Mhm. You click on code. Oh yeah, that’s right. And then here’s your session. There you go. I need to use this more often. Yeah, it’s pretty good. Yeah, have multiple sessions as well running at the same time. It was super buggy when it launched, so I’m like, never mind. I’m not doing this anymore, but yeah. So, this is exciting. So, it’s it’s doing the whole thing right now, the captions. And man, I really appreciate you sharing all of this, Nazaros. This is such a cool framework that you share with us. And yeah, I’m excited to see what what’s coming up next. So we can see that club is thinking and it actually generated the captions and even referenced them here. That’s the gold yellow uppercase for the punchwords drop shadow. Perfect. So it has analyzed everything and it handles even the authenticator and actually visually uh verifies them. It accessed the song library and choosing the right font. Where do you download those songs again just online? Yeah. So you find a real that you like that has the music that you want. You give it to CL and then it uses like an open- source Shazam model to find it and then download it off of YouTube or whatever source it finds and just make sure that it’s not copyrighted, right? I didn’t particularly check that. But if the big dogs are using it, I would assume it’s not copyrighted. That’s right. Cuz some some songs you got to pay for some songs and I guess that’s more for long form. Shorts they don’t really care maybe. Not sure. And once it’s done, then you’re going to get the video. Correct. Yeah. And then I can just say to clo to if I like it a lot. Mhm. Just post it through through Zeno and like I can say schedule it in a day or two days at this particular time and then I just relax. It gets posted. You just talk with CL and if you can strategize along the way you can basically make anything. I’m pretty sure you know these are going to have access

    of this kind has never been made available to any group of people really since atomics like nuclear weaponry and so when atomics were made available to people temporarily you know the United States had a massive massive battlefield advantage one group of people has ultimate power and the ability let’s say to deploy this super crazy model and just nuke every person’s brain on Earth cuz that’s basically what these models have the ability to do. You know, the situation you’re in is inherently a little bit fragile. Is there a risk that the class gap will continue to grow, let’s say? Uh, for sure. Absolutely. And I mean, I think I think it will. We have like recursive self-improvement. The first company to get like a crazy recursively self-improving model like even if they get it 2 days before another thing, that’s an infinite gap of intelligence. Hey, Nazeros, I really appreciate you showing the whole process and exactly how it works. I mean, even for me, like it was really helpful to see because you got the whole framework behind your brain and you’re using Claw to automate 99% of it. So, I appreciate you coming to my podcast and sharing your wisdom with us. And yeah, no, thank you. Of course, I appreciate you, Sandy. Thank you so much for having me. It was a pleasure.